Odoo Translation Bot
9493 lines
497 KiB
Plaintext
9493 lines
497 KiB
Plaintext
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||
#
|
||
# Translators:
|
||
# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2022
|
||
# Jeana Jiang, 2022
|
||
# Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2022
|
||
# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2022
|
||
# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2022
|
||
# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2022
|
||
# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2022
|
||
# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2022
|
||
# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022
|
||
# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2022
|
||
# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2022
|
||
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
|
||
# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2022
|
||
#
|
||
#, fuzzy
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2022\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Language: zh_CN\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Inventory & MRP"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "库存"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse "
|
||
"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage"
|
||
" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like "
|
||
"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Odoo库存 "
|
||
"**是一个库存应用程序，也是一个仓库管理系统，配备先进的条形码扫描器。了解如何管理交货时间、自动补货和配置高级路线，如直接发货、交叉转运等。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
|
||
msgstr "`Odoo教程：库存 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
|
||
msgstr "`Odoo教程：条形码扫描器 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "条形码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Daily Operations"
|
||
msgstr "日常作业"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "使用条码来做库存调整"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open"
|
||
" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments*."
|
||
msgstr "如要使用条码来做库存调整，你首先需要打开*条码*应用程序。然后，在应用程序中，点击*库存调整*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet "
|
||
"*Commands for Inventory*."
|
||
msgstr "如要全面使用条码功能，你可下载*库存命令*表。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to "
|
||
"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place."
|
||
msgstr "点击*库存调整*后，Odoo将自动创建。注意，如有多个库位，你需首先指定进行库存调整的库位。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the "
|
||
"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr "如没有多个库位，你可开始扫描库存调整中包含的不同产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set"
|
||
" the quantity."
|
||
msgstr "如有5件相同物品，可将它扫描5次或用键盘设置数量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if "
|
||
"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in "
|
||
"manually."
|
||
msgstr "除了使用条码扫描器，如有必要，你还可手动添加产品。为此，点击*添加产品*并手动填写信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
|
||
"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode."
|
||
msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描后，手工确认库存或者通过扫描 **认 **码进行确认。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Overview"
|
||
msgstr "概述"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful."
|
||
" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in"
|
||
" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get "
|
||
"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the "
|
||
"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"条码可用于各种不同情况。最为大家熟知的用例是在销售点批量销售产品时，顾客可自行称重，获取打印的条码并贴在产品上。这个条码包括产品重量，可用于计算价格。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
|
||
msgstr "创建条码命名规则"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
|
||
"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
|
||
"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. To do so, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo支持条形码术语，它决定了编码信息的映射和解释。您可以将您的条形码术语配置为:ref:`开发者模式<developer-"
|
||
"mode>`。如需设置，请前往：菜单选项：`库存 --> 配置 --> 条形码术语`。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to "
|
||
"create your first rule."
|
||
msgstr "你可在此创建条码命名规则，然后添加一行创建你的首个规则。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode "
|
||
"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature,"
|
||
" in our case it will be Weighted Product."
|
||
msgstr "第一步是指定 **则名** ，例如，带3位小数的重量条码。然后，你需指定条码命名规则的类型，在本例中是已称重产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of "
|
||
"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will "
|
||
"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start."
|
||
" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there"
|
||
" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the"
|
||
" “D” define the decimals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"条码模式是定义条码结构的正则表达式。在本例中，21定义了将应用规则的产品，也是产品条码开头的数字。这5个“点”代表产品条码的后几位数字，用于识别有关产品。“N”代表整数部分，“D”代表小数部分。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should"
|
||
" be applied."
|
||
msgstr "该编码用于指定应用规则得出的条码编码。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the "
|
||
"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied."
|
||
msgstr "你可定义不同规则并按顺序排定优先等级。系统将应用与扫描条码匹配的第一条规则。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Configure your Product"
|
||
msgstr "配置产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
|
||
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
|
||
msgstr "产品条形码应以“21”开头。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to "
|
||
"identify the product;"
|
||
msgstr "这5个“点”是产品条码的其他数字，用于识别产品；"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case"
|
||
" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
|
||
msgstr "如定义了D或N，条码中应包含0。在本例中，我们配置的是“21.....{NNDDD}”，因此需要5个零。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know"
|
||
" which digit it should be in your case."
|
||
msgstr "在EAN-13中，最后一个数字是校验数，使用EAN13生成器可确定你的情况应是哪个数字。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following"
|
||
" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when "
|
||
"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the "
|
||
"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果你称了1.5千克的意大利面，你将打印出以下条码2112345015002。如在POS中扫描此条码，或在条码应用程序中接收产品时，Odoo将自动为该意大利面产品创建新的一行，数量为1.5千克。POS则将根据该数量计算价格。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Rule Types"
|
||
msgstr "规则类型"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"price, used in POS."
|
||
msgstr " **价产** ：POS用于识别产品并指定价格。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied "
|
||
"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the "
|
||
"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr " **折产** ：可根据适用的折扣创建一个条码。然后，在POS中扫描产品，然后再扫描折扣条码，将基于产品的正常价格计算折扣。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the "
|
||
"weight) and in inventory."
|
||
msgstr " **重产** ：POS（根据重量计算价格）和库存中用于识别产品及指定其重量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with "
|
||
"loyalty program."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：用于识别客户，例如在忠诚度计划中使用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS."
|
||
msgstr " **银** ：用于在进入POS时识别收银员。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-"
|
||
"location is activated."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：在启用多个库位的情况下，用于识别调拨的库位。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are"
|
||
" activated."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：在启用包裹功能的情况下，用于识别调拨的包裹。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the "
|
||
"Mercury module."
|
||
msgstr " **用** ：不需要手动修改，使用Mercury模型现有的数据。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and "
|
||
"transfers."
|
||
msgstr " **位产** ：用于在POS和调拨过程中识别产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any "
|
||
"number of characters, those characters being any number."
|
||
msgstr "如条码样式包含.*，表明它可包含任意数量的数字字符。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "调拨过程"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Simple Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "简单调拨"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to "
|
||
"*Operations*."
|
||
msgstr "从*条码*应用程序中处理调拨，第一步是进入*作业*页面。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to "
|
||
"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to "
|
||
"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer."
|
||
msgstr "然后，你可前往对应的作业类型并手动选择想要输入的调拨产品，或扫描调拨产品的条码，进入现有的调拨。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the "
|
||
"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the "
|
||
"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with "
|
||
"the stock moves."
|
||
msgstr "在此，你可扫描现有调拨中包含的产品和/或向其添加新产品。在扫描完毕所有产品后，你可确认调拨，进入库存移动环节。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add "
|
||
"additional steps for the different operation types."
|
||
msgstr "如仓库中有多个不同存储库位，你可为不同的作业类型添加额外步骤。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Receipts"
|
||
msgstr "收据"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to "
|
||
"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main "
|
||
"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode "
|
||
"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"当收到库存产品时，你需要扫描其条码，以便在系统中识别它。完成后，你可以让它进入调拨的主库位，例如WH/Stock， "
|
||
"或者扫描库位条码，使其进入主库位下的子库位。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply "
|
||
"scan the next product."
|
||
msgstr "在本例中，如果你让产品进入WH/Stock，只需扫描下一件产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders"
|
||
msgstr "交货单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is "
|
||
"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start "
|
||
"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location."
|
||
msgstr "在产品发货时，如果源库位与调拨最初设置不同，则需扫描源库位。然后，你可开始扫描从这个特定库位发货的产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to "
|
||
"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to "
|
||
"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the "
|
||
"*Previous* and *Next* buttons."
|
||
msgstr "在扫描完毕不同产品后，你可扫描其他库位，如WH/Stock，交货单上将添加另一页。通过*前一项*和*下一项*按钮，你可在不同页面之间切换。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you "
|
||
"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it."
|
||
msgstr "现在，你可确认调拨操作了。为此，点击*下一步*，然后进入调拨操作的最后页面。你可在此确认所有操作。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Internal Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "内部转账"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to "
|
||
"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in "
|
||
"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location."
|
||
msgstr "在多个库位之间进行内部调拨时，你首先需要扫描产品的源库位。然后，你应扫描产品本身，再扫描目标库位的条码。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct,"
|
||
" you don’t need to scan them."
|
||
msgstr "如内部调拨的源库位和目标库位已正确无误，则无需扫描。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products"
|
||
msgstr "已追踪产品的调拨"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways "
|
||
"of working:"
|
||
msgstr "如你按批号/序列号处理产品，你有两种操作方法："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, "
|
||
"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the"
|
||
" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr "如你处理包含所有产品的序列号/批号，你应扫描该批号/序列号的条码，Odoo将增加产品数量，设置其批号/序列号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work "
|
||
"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the "
|
||
"lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr "如不同产品的批号/序列号相同，你可首先扫描产品条码，然后扫描批号/序列号条码。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch"
|
||
msgstr "从头开始创建调拨"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print"
|
||
" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode "
|
||
"sheet* from the home page of the app."
|
||
msgstr "如要从*条码*应用程序创建调拨，你首先需要打印作业类型条码。为此，你可从应用程序的主页下载*库存条码表*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document."
|
||
" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your "
|
||
"products to populate it."
|
||
msgstr "完成后，你可扫描需要创建新文档的库存。然后，系统将创建空白文档，你可扫描产品并填充该文档。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Setup"
|
||
msgstr "设置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "设置你的条码扫描器"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
|
||
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
|
||
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr "在Odoo中使用条码扫描相当容易。但是一个好的用户体验依赖与正确的硬件设置。该向导会帮你完成从条码枪的选择到设置。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
|
||
msgstr "找到适用的条码扫描枪"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
|
||
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
|
||
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"推荐3种不同的条码扫描器与Odoo **** 和 **形** 应用一起使用，如 **USB扫描** ， **牙扫描** 和 "
|
||
"**动计算机扫描** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
|
||
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
|
||
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
|
||
"be configured to be so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描, **USB扫描** "
|
||
"是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描器和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
|
||
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
|
||
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
|
||
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
|
||
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" "
|
||
"**蓝牙扫描器**能与智能手机或者平板电脑进行配对，如果你想要移动设备但又不想投入太多，使用蓝牙扫描器就是不错的选择。你可使用智能手机登陆Odoo，并把智能手机和蓝牙扫描器配对，即可在仓库中扫描作业，你可不时查看智能手机并“手动”使用软件。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
|
||
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
|
||
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
|
||
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
|
||
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
|
||
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
|
||
" it is essential to test it first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在繁忙的业务中， **动电脑扫描** "
|
||
"是最简便的解决方法。它由一个小型电脑和一个内置条码扫描器构成。这是一种非常高效的的解决方案，但你需要确保该设备能流畅运行Odoo。最近使用Android"
|
||
" + Google Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE "
|
||
"Mobile浏览器的模式可以实现该功能。但是，由于市面上有各种不同的型号和配置，你必须先进行测试。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "配置条码扫描器"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Keyboard layout"
|
||
msgstr "键盘布局"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
|
||
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
|
||
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
|
||
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"一个USB扫描枪需要配置成和电脑键盘布局一样的操作系统, 不然, 你的扫描枪将不会直接的翻译(例如, "
|
||
"用'Q'代替'A')。大多数扫描枪通过扫描用户手册中的条码进行配置。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
|
||
msgstr "自动回车"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
|
||
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
|
||
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
|
||
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
|
||
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
|
||
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"默认的, Odoo在每次成功的扫描之间有50毫秒的延时(这样可以避免偶然的重复扫描)。如果你想禁用该延时, "
|
||
"你可以通过在每次扫描条码之后插入一个回车配置你的扫描枪。这通常是默认的配置并且能通过扫描用户手册中特定的条码进行配置('CR 后缀 "
|
||
"ON','申请输入后缀', 等等。)。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "在Odoo中启用条码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
|
||
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
|
||
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
|
||
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
|
||
"the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"条码扫描功能可节省在键盘、鼠标和扫描器之间切换所花费的时间。为产品、拣货库位等指定适当的条码，让你能几乎完全只用条码扫描器控制软件，提高工作效率。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:82
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
|
||
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
|
||
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如要使用本功能，你应首先通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 条码扫描器`启用*条码*功能。勾选此功能后，你可点击保存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "设置产品条码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
|
||
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
|
||
"Products Barcodes`."
|
||
msgstr "你可通过*库存*应用程序，轻松地为不同产品分配条码。为此，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置产品条码`。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
|
||
"at creation on the product form."
|
||
msgstr "然后，你可在产品表单中直接创建并为产品分配条码。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
|
||
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr "注意，将条码直接添加到产品变体中，而不要添加到模板产品中。否则，你将无法区分它们。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "设置库位条码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果你管理多个库位，可为每个库位分配一个条码，并贴在库位上。你可在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`为库位配置条码。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
|
||
"*Print* menu."
|
||
msgstr "你可从*打印*菜单，打印为库位分配的条码。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Barcode Formats"
|
||
msgstr "条码格式"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||
"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence."
|
||
msgstr "多数零售产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要适当授权才能使用。你必须向国际物品编码协会交费后才能获得EAN代码顺序。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your "
|
||
"own barcode format for internal use."
|
||
msgstr "但Odoo支持所有字符串的条码，所以你也可以定义内部使用的条码格式。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouse Management"
|
||
msgstr "仓库管理"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)"
|
||
msgstr "从供应商直接向客户发送产品（直运）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6
|
||
msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?"
|
||
msgstr "什么是直运？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be "
|
||
"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery "
|
||
"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in "
|
||
"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering."
|
||
msgstr "直运系统可将订单商品直接从供应商发给客户。在常规发货系统中，产品从供应商发到你的仓库，然后在客户下单后从仓库发给客户。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in "
|
||
"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer."
|
||
" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "在直运模式中，无需保有库存。当客户在门店下单后，商品直接从供应商发给客户。因此，产品无需经过你的仓库。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "实施直运模式需要考虑的要点"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr "直运仅适合你无法或不愿意保有库存的产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are "
|
||
"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of "
|
||
"space in your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "其中一个原因是你在直运商品上获得的利润率往往较低，因此仅适合需要占用大量库存空间的商品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products."
|
||
msgstr "直运最适合小众产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large"
|
||
" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a "
|
||
"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your "
|
||
"product is unique, then it makes sense!"
|
||
msgstr "大需求量的产品往往由大供应商提供，价格可能比你优惠，因此使用费用更高的发货方式从经济上看不合算。但如果你的产品非常独特，情况就不同了！"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33
|
||
msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences."
|
||
msgstr "避免给客户带来不良体验。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones."
|
||
msgstr "事先自行测试直运公司，列出最好的公司。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Make sure time is not against you."
|
||
msgstr "确保时间可控。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more "
|
||
"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to"
|
||
" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number."
|
||
msgstr "直运应有合理的时间，绝对不能超出你自己处理发货事宜的时间。如能向客户提供运单号更好。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier."
|
||
msgstr "要确保在供应商那边有足够的库存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If "
|
||
"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold "
|
||
"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party."
|
||
msgstr "知晓产品在供应链上游的状况是很有用的。如果你没有这些信息，就告诉客户现在没有库存，并且这取决第三方的库存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our "
|
||
"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-"
|
||
"how-to-use-it-250>`__."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"关于直运的详情及见解，请阅读我们的博客 *直运是什么以及如何使用* <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
|
||
"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "配置直运"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，在*采购*应用程序中启用此功能。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to "
|
||
"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a "
|
||
"product via drop-shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"然后，前往*库存*应用程序，在 :menuselection:`配置 --> "
|
||
"设置`中，启用*多步骤路线*功能。然后，你可在销售订单行的*路线*字段，指定通过直运发送产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. "
|
||
"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist "
|
||
"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"现在，在*销售*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`。选择想要直运的产品，并通过采购选项卡添加合适供应商的价格表。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers"
|
||
msgstr "从供应商直接向客户发送产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor."
|
||
" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order "
|
||
"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-"
|
||
"Shipping*."
|
||
msgstr "创建*销售订单*并添加你刚才设置供应商的产品。通过销售订单行右侧的小工具添加*路线*字段。现在，你可将产品路线指定为*直运*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request "
|
||
"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You "
|
||
"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*."
|
||
msgstr "确认销售订单后，Odoo为处理直运的供应商自动生成*报价请求*。你可在*采购*应用程序中查看，销售订单为*源单据*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and "
|
||
"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination"
|
||
" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your "
|
||
"own stock when you validate the dropship document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在确认*采购订单*后，系统将创建*收货单*并与之关联。源库位是供应商所在地，目标库位是客户所在地。然后，你在确认直运文件后，产品不会经过你的库存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your "
|
||
"inventory dashboard."
|
||
msgstr "你还可从库存仪表板上直接访问直运文件。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?"
|
||
msgstr "如何选择正确的库存流程来处理交货订单？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your "
|
||
"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle "
|
||
"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot."
|
||
msgstr "依赖于销售产品的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的单子数量……要发或给客户的方式可以有各种区别。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
|
||
msgstr "Odoo能让我们以3种方式处理发货 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12
|
||
msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock"
|
||
msgstr " **步(发货)** : 直接从库存发货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping"
|
||
msgstr " **步(拣货＋发货)** : 先把货物到出货区然后再发货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated "
|
||
"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping"
|
||
msgstr " **步(拣货＋包装＋发货)** : 先把货物发到一个专门位置进行包装, 然后发到出货位置进行发货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high "
|
||
"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the "
|
||
"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows "
|
||
"to handle orders very quickly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"有如果一个公司只是有一个小仓库并且不需要产品的高库存或者没有易腐产品。那么一步收发货是最简单且易用的方案, 这样无需大量的配置并且可以很快的处理单子。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least"
|
||
" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by "
|
||
"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the "
|
||
"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and "
|
||
"especially when the items you stock are big in size."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"使用库存方式例如FIFO, LIFO, FEFO等, 需要在发货时至少需要两步。调拨方式会取决于出库策略, "
|
||
"并且移除的货物会发货给客户。如果你拥有一个大的库存特别是对于大尺寸的产品的库存这些就会显得很有意思。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main "
|
||
"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a "
|
||
"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then "
|
||
"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在更多特定的情景中, 三步就会变得很有用, 最主要的一个就是处理大的库存。货物被转移到一个包装区域, 在那里根据最终目的地对这些货物进行分组打包, "
|
||
"然后发送到转运码头做最后的发货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53
|
||
msgid "One step flow"
|
||
msgstr "一步流程"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`"
|
||
msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`one_step` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Two steps flow"
|
||
msgstr "两步流程"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`"
|
||
msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`two_steps` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Three steps flow"
|
||
msgstr "三步流程"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`"
|
||
msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`three_steps` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How can I change the label type?"
|
||
msgstr "如何变更标签类型？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery "
|
||
"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your "
|
||
"delivery."
|
||
msgstr "在Odoo中, 你可以为交货单选择不同类型的标签。按照以下步骤给交货单选择合适的标签。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery"
|
||
" methods**."
|
||
msgstr "在 **** 模块, 进入 **** 并点击 **货方** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**."
|
||
msgstr "选择一种发货方式并点击 **** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one"
|
||
" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the "
|
||
"carrier."
|
||
msgstr "在 **** 页卡, 在 **Fedex 标签库存类** 下面, 你能选择可用的标签类型。系统会根据货代的不同而显示不同的可用标签。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and "
|
||
"you create a new sale order."
|
||
msgstr "一旦设置完成, 当你在销售模块中创建一张销售订单之后就能看到结果。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which"
|
||
" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history."
|
||
msgstr "如果确认了销售订单并且确认了带有已经更改了标签类型的货代的交货单, 该标签就会显示在历史记录中。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type "
|
||
"bottom half for example, here is the difference :"
|
||
msgstr "默认的标签类型是纸信, 如果你选了标签类型只有一半, 就能看到不同 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)"
|
||
msgstr "一步处理交货订单(发货)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default "
|
||
"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to"
|
||
" the customers."
|
||
msgstr "一步发货无需配置. 默认的出货配置为直接从仓库发到客户."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping"
|
||
" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
|
||
"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"但是，如果已激活高级路线，并且您在仓库上设置了另一种运输配置，则可以将其设置回一步交付配置。 转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 "
|
||
"--> 仓库`，然后编辑有问题的仓库。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy."
|
||
msgstr "然后, 选择*直接发货*作为您的*发货*策略."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Create a Sales Order"
|
||
msgstr "创建销售订单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products "
|
||
"to deliver and confirm it."
|
||
msgstr "在*销售*应用中，创建一个包含库存产品的报价并确认"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the "
|
||
"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat "
|
||
"button, you should now see your delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"注意现在我们在销售订单上方的统计按钮中，看到一个关联了此*销售订单*的发货记录。如果您点击这个有\"1个发货\"标志的统计按钮，您将可以看到您的发货单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Process a Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "处理交货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* "
|
||
"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under"
|
||
" the Delivery Orders Kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"您也可以直接从*Inventory*应用中查找 *delivery order*。在仪表盘界面，您可以点击发货单看板卡下的*1 TO PROCESS* "
|
||
"按钮。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on "
|
||
"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock."
|
||
msgstr "输入您想要处理的拣货. 如果您有在库产品的话，您将可以通过点击 *验证* 按钮完成库存移动"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock "
|
||
"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that "
|
||
"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now "
|
||
"*Done*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"一旦您 *确认* 交货订单，产品就会离开您的 *仓库/库存位置* ，并移至 *客户位置* 。 您可以很容易地看到交货已经完成，这要归功于现在为 *完成*"
|
||
" 的单据状态。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)"
|
||
msgstr "分三个步骤处理提货单（提货 + 包裹 + 运送）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
|
||
"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are "
|
||
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, "
|
||
"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more "
|
||
"steps before shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"当订单到达运输部门进行最终交付时，Odoo默认情况下设置为采用一步操作：一旦所有商品都可用，就可以在单个交付订单中进行运输。 "
|
||
"但是，该过程可能无法反映现实，并且您的公司可能需要更多步骤才能发货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked "
|
||
"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output "
|
||
"location before being effectively shipped to the customers."
|
||
msgstr "分三步交付（拣货+包装+装运），将拣选这些物品并转移到包装区域。 然后，在将它们有效地运送给客户之前，它们将被移至输出位置。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes"
|
||
msgstr "启用多步路线"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide"
|
||
" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will "
|
||
"chain the picking step to the shipping step."
|
||
msgstr "第一步是允许使用 *多步路线* 。 确实，路线提供了一种将不同的行动联系在一起的机制。 在这种情况下，我们会将拣货步骤链接到装运步骤。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating "
|
||
"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"要允许 *多步路线*，请转到：:menuselection:`清单 --> 配置 --> 设定`，然后激活该选项。 请注意，激活 *多步路线* 也会激活"
|
||
" *存储位置*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps"
|
||
msgstr "通过3个步骤配置仓库以便交付"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the "
|
||
"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option"
|
||
" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing"
|
||
" Shipments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"一旦激活了 *多步路线* ，您可以转到：:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后输入将分三步使用交货的仓库。 "
|
||
"然后，您可以选择选项 * 包装货物，以输出形式发送货物，然后交付（三步）* 用于 *出口货物* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, "
|
||
"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one"
|
||
" you want to rename and update its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"激活此选项将导致创建两个新位置，即 *输出* 和 *包装区* 。 如要重命名，请进入：menuselection：`库存 --> 配置 --> 位置`，"
|
||
" *选择* 要重命名的名称并更新其名称。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable "
|
||
"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be "
|
||
"created and automatically linked to your sale order."
|
||
msgstr "在 *销售* 应用程序中，您可以创建包含一些可存储产品的报价。 确认报价后，将创建三个调拨单并将其自动链接到您的销售订单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54
|
||
msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:"
|
||
msgstr "如果你点击了按钮, 现在就可以看到三个不同调拨单 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56
|
||
msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process,"
|
||
msgstr "第一个带有拣货参考的指定拣货过程，"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58
|
||
msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process,"
|
||
msgstr "第二个带有打包参考的打包过程，"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60
|
||
msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process."
|
||
msgstr "最后一个带有输出参考，用于指定运输过程。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "处理拣货、打包和发货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* "
|
||
"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing "
|
||
"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done."
|
||
msgstr "拣货操作是第一个要处理的拣货操作，状态为 *就绪*，而其他操作为“等待其他操作”。 拣配标记为完成时，打包操作将变为 *就绪* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the "
|
||
"inventory dashboard."
|
||
msgstr "您可以从此处输入拣货操作，或通过库存仪表板访问它。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved "
|
||
"and you can simply validate the picking document."
|
||
msgstr "如果您有库存产品，则会自动预订该产品，您只需验证拣货凭证即可。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products "
|
||
"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing "
|
||
"order which can be directly validated."
|
||
msgstr "拣货通过验证后，即可开始处理包装订单。 由于文件是链接式的，因此先前选择的产品会自动保留在可以直接验证的装箱单上。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to "
|
||
"transfer the products to the customer location."
|
||
msgstr "确认包装后，即可处理交货订单。 再次在这里，可以直接进行验证以便将产品转移到客户所在地。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)"
|
||
msgstr "两步处理交货单(拣货＋发货)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is "
|
||
"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are "
|
||
"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order."
|
||
msgstr "一个订单进入到发货部门的最后一步时, Odoo默认会使用一步操作 : 一旦所有的货物都准备好, 就可以使用一张发货单进行发货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that "
|
||
"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are "
|
||
"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an "
|
||
"output location before being effectively shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"尽管如此，在发货之前，您公司的业务流程也许还存在一个或多个步骤。在两步处理流程中，实际交运之前，交付单中的部分商品将会先在仓库中进行分拣，并挪动到出货区。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
|
||
msgstr "仓库配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the "
|
||
"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option"
|
||
" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"一旦激活了 *多步路线* ，您可以转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后输入将分两步使用交货的仓库。 "
|
||
"接着，您可以选择选项 *在输出中发送货物，然后交货（两步）*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location."
|
||
" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"激活此选项将导致创建新的 *输出* 位置。 如果要重命名，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> "
|
||
"位置，选择输出并更新其名称。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable "
|
||
"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be "
|
||
"created and automatically linked to your sale order."
|
||
msgstr "在 *销售* 应用程序中，您可以创建包含一些可存储产品的报价。 确认报价后，将创建两个拣货单并将其自动链接到您的销售订单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different "
|
||
"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and "
|
||
"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果单击* 两步交货* 按钮，您现在应该看到两个不同的调拨，一个带有参考 *PICK* 来指定提货过程，另一个带有参考 *OUT* 来指定发货过程。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "处理拣货和发货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* "
|
||
"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the "
|
||
"picking operation has been marked as done."
|
||
msgstr "拣货操作是第一个要处理的操作，并且有一个*Ready*状态，而送货操作只有在拣货操作被标记为已完成后才会成为*Ready*状态。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products "
|
||
"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery"
|
||
" order."
|
||
msgstr "一旦拣货被确认，就可以处理送货单了。由于单据是链式关联的，所以之前拣选过的产品会自动保留在送货单上。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Incoming Shipments"
|
||
msgstr "入向运输"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?"
|
||
msgstr "如何选择正确的步骤来处理收货？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your"
|
||
" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you "
|
||
"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot."
|
||
msgstr "取决于因子例如收到货物的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的收货单数……处理收货和发货的方式也会因此存在差异。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:"
|
||
msgstr "Odoo允许有3种方式从仓库收货 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15
|
||
msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock."
|
||
msgstr " **** : 直接收货入库"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17
|
||
msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock."
|
||
msgstr " **** : 先入到入库区然后再进入库存"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control "
|
||
"before being admitted in stock."
|
||
msgstr " **** : 在收货区域卸货, 然后质检检验, 最后进入库存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different "
|
||
"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In "
|
||
"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the "
|
||
"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo使用 **** 准确的定义了你如何进行收货步骤。该配置在仓库层面完成。标准状况下, 收货一步完成, 但是通过更改配置可以进行2或者3步收货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27
|
||
msgid "The principles are the following:"
|
||
msgstr "原则如下 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29
|
||
msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock."
|
||
msgstr " **** : 收货直接入库"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them "
|
||
"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
|
||
"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
|
||
msgstr " **** : 在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存, 因为在库存内货物不再转移，所以不会有进一步的调拨。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received "
|
||
"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality "
|
||
"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the"
|
||
" goods receipt process can become essential."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" **** : "
|
||
"在很多公司内，有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area"
|
||
" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can "
|
||
"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and "
|
||
"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will "
|
||
"return the quantity that is not good."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"你在收货区域接收货物, 然后转移货物到质检区域进行质量检验。当质量检验完成就可以把货物从质检区域移到库存。当然, "
|
||
"你可以更改数量并且只把满足质量标准的产品移到库存并把质量不过关的产品退回。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55
|
||
msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr "Odoo中默认的配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69
|
||
msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)"
|
||
msgstr "一步处理收货（收货）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default "
|
||
"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors "
|
||
"to the stock."
|
||
msgstr "无需专门配置一步收货。入向送货默认配置为直接从供应商接收到库存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming"
|
||
" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step "
|
||
"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"但是，如果之前启用了高级路线，并为仓库设置了其他的进货配置，你可将其重新设为一步收货配置。为日，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> "
|
||
"仓库`并编辑对应的仓库。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*."
|
||
msgstr "将*入向送货*设为*直接接收货物（1步）*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Create a Purchase Order"
|
||
msgstr "创建采购订单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and "
|
||
"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm "
|
||
"the *RfQ*."
|
||
msgstr "如要创建*询价单*，前往*采购*应用程序并点击*创建*。然后，添加需接收的一些可仓储产品，并确认*询价单*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you "
|
||
"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order."
|
||
msgstr "请注意，现在我们将看到与你刚才创建采购订单相关的1笔收货。如点击按钮，你可看到收货单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt"
|
||
msgstr "处理收货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the "
|
||
"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* "
|
||
"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt."
|
||
msgstr "你也可直接从*库存*应用程序查找收货。打开仪表板，点击*收货*看板卡下的*1步处理*按钮。然后，你可看到收货情况。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click "
|
||
"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from "
|
||
"suppliers are considered as being always available."
|
||
msgstr "现在，输入你想要处理的拣货。你可点击*确认*，直接完成这步操作，因为供应商发货的产品总是被视为库存充足。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have :guilabel:`Storage Locations` activated, you can click the "
|
||
"hamburger menu next to the :guilabel:`Done quantity` to specify the "
|
||
"location(s) where you are storing the received product(s)."
|
||
msgstr "如果您已激活：guilabel:`存储位置`，您可以点击 :guilabel:`完成数量` 旁边的汉堡菜单来指定产品的存储位置。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* "
|
||
"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took "
|
||
"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*."
|
||
msgstr "*确认*收货后，产品离开*供应商库位*并进入你的*WH/Stock库位*。现在单据状态变为*已完成*，收货也已发生。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)"
|
||
msgstr "三步处理收货（收货+质检+入库）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality "
|
||
"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality "
|
||
"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality "
|
||
"control step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"质量对大多数公司来说都是至关重要的。为了确保我们在整个供应链中保持质量，我们对从供应商处收到的产品质量进行评估是非常合理的。为此，我们将增加一个质量控制步骤。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. "
|
||
"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, "
|
||
"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have "
|
||
"two-steps or three-steps processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo使用路线定义如何处理不同的收货步骤。 这些路线的配置在仓库级别完成。 默认情况下，接收是一个单步过程，但是也可以将其配置为具有两步或三步过程。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your "
|
||
"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control "
|
||
"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC "
|
||
"requirements are moved to stock"
|
||
msgstr "这三个步骤的流程如下：您在收货区接收货物，然后将它们转移到质量区进行品质管制（QC）。 完成品控检查后，符合质量控制要求的货物将移至库存"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a "
|
||
"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain "
|
||
"the picking step to the shipping step."
|
||
msgstr "第一步是允许使用 *多步路线* 。 路线提供了一种将不同动作链接在一起的机制。 在这种情况下，我们会将拣货步骤链接到发货步骤。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option."
|
||
msgstr "要启用 *多步路线* ，请转到 :menuselection:` 库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后激活该选项。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the features to enable in order to use multi-step routes for goods "
|
||
"reception"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage "
|
||
"Locations*."
|
||
msgstr "默认情况下，激活 *多步路线* 也会激活 *存储位置*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps"
|
||
msgstr "分三步配置收货仓库"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work "
|
||
"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then "
|
||
"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"一旦激活了“多步路线”，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后输入可用于三步接收的仓库。 "
|
||
"然后，选择*收货中的货物，然后选择质量然后库存（3步）* 作为 *收货* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the incoming shipment strategy to choose to receive goods in three "
|
||
"steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* "
|
||
"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"激活此选项将导致创建两个新位置：*输入* 和 *质量控制* 。 要重命名它们，请转到:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> "
|
||
"位置`，然后选择要重命名的一个。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* "
|
||
"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then,"
|
||
" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source "
|
||
"document:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"要开始三步接收过程，请从 *采购* 应用中创建一个 *报价请求* ，向其中添加一些可存储的产品并进行确认。 然后，以您的 *采购订单* "
|
||
"作为源凭证创建三个拣货："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56
|
||
msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;"
|
||
msgstr "第一个带有参考号*IN* 的用于指定收货流程；"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality "
|
||
"control zone;"
|
||
msgstr "第二个参考号为 *INT* ，即移至质量控制区；"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock."
|
||
msgstr "最后一个带有参考号* INT *表示移动到指定库存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the three moves created by the purchase of products in three steps "
|
||
"strategy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock"
|
||
msgstr "处理收货，品质管制和库存输入"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* "
|
||
"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*."
|
||
msgstr "需处理的第一项操作是收据操作，它的状态为 *就绪* ，而其他状态为 *正在等待其他操作* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase "
|
||
"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*."
|
||
msgstr "要访问收据操作，请单击 *采购订单* 中的按钮，或返回到 *库存* 应用仪表板，然后单击 *收据* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the button to click to see the receipts that need to be processed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they "
|
||
"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated."
|
||
msgstr "在收货单中，将产品总是视为可用的，因为它们来自供应商。 然后，可以验证收据。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the move (internal transfer) from the reception area to the "
|
||
"warehouse input area"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes "
|
||
"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products "
|
||
"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the "
|
||
"transfer can be directly validated."
|
||
msgstr "收据经过验证后，向品控的转移变为 *就绪* 。 并且，由于文档彼此链接，因此先前收到的产品会在传输时自动保留。 然后，可以直接验证转移。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the button to click to see the internal transfers that need to be "
|
||
"processed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the move (internal transfer) from the input area to the quality "
|
||
"control area"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is "
|
||
"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr "现在，将产品输入库存的转储为 *就绪* 。 在这里，可以再次进行验证以便将产品转移到您的库存位置。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the move (internal transfer) from the quality control area to the "
|
||
"stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)"
|
||
msgstr "两步处理收货（收货+入库）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt"
|
||
" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the "
|
||
"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow "
|
||
"you to have 2 steps."
|
||
msgstr "Odoo使用路线精确定义如何处理不同的收货步骤。该配置可以在*仓库*层面完成。默认情况下，收货是一步完成，通过变更配置可允许2步收货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then "
|
||
"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in "
|
||
"your stock, they will not be available for further processing."
|
||
msgstr "2步流程如下：在收货区收货，然后再进一步从收货区转移到库存中。只要产品没有移到库存中，就不能进一步处理这些产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide"
|
||
" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will "
|
||
"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in"
|
||
" stock."
|
||
msgstr "第一步是允许使用*多步路线*。实际上，路线提供了不同操作汇集成链的机制。在这里，我们可以把收货区的卸货步骤与产品入库步骤链接起来。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step "
|
||
"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如要启用*多步路线*，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用此功能。默认情况下，启用*多步路线*还将启用*存储位置*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps"
|
||
msgstr "为2步收货配置仓库设置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which "
|
||
"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods "
|
||
"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"启用*多步路线*后，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> "
|
||
"仓库`并打开你将用于配置2步交货的仓库。然后，你可选择*货物接收和入库（2步）*作为*入向送货*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. "
|
||
"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name."
|
||
msgstr "启用这一选项将创建新的*收货*库位。如要重命名，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 库位 --> 选择收货`并更新其名称。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Create a purchase order"
|
||
msgstr "创建采购订单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with"
|
||
" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is "
|
||
"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to "
|
||
"your purchase order."
|
||
msgstr "在*采购*应用程序中，你可创建*询价单*，其中包括从供应商处接收的可库存产品。在确认*询价单*后，系统将创建收货分拣并自动与采购订单关联。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking "
|
||
"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another"
|
||
" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the "
|
||
"products to *Stock*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"现在，点击*1步收货*按钮，你可看到首次拣货页面，允许产品进入*收货库位*。然后，系统将再次创建拣货，即内部调拨，以便将产品移动进入*库存*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr "处理收货和内部调拨"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while "
|
||
"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been "
|
||
"marked as *Done*."
|
||
msgstr "需处理的第一项操作是收货，是*就绪*状态，在收货标记为*完成*后，内部调拨作业将变为*就绪*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it "
|
||
"through the inventory dashboard."
|
||
msgstr "你可从采购订单进入收货作业，或通过库存仪表板访问。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done."
|
||
msgstr "默认情况下，收货总是被视为准备就绪，可进行处理。然后，你可直接点击*确认*，将它标记为已完成。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be "
|
||
"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received "
|
||
"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is "
|
||
"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them "
|
||
"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在确认收货后，内部调拨已准备就绪，可进行处理。由于文件相互关联，已接收的产品自动预留为内部调拨。在确认调拨后，这些产品进入库存，你可将它们用于履行客户交付要求或制造产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory adjustments"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the "
|
||
"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the "
|
||
"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, "
|
||
"damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must"
|
||
" be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts "
|
||
"in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are "
|
||
"currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Add a new line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the "
|
||
"quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted "
|
||
"Quantity`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on "
|
||
"the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered "
|
||
"before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is "
|
||
"specified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Count products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is "
|
||
"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each "
|
||
"product line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the "
|
||
"database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted "
|
||
"Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be "
|
||
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the"
|
||
" database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the "
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be "
|
||
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product "
|
||
"moves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away."
|
||
" In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment,"
|
||
" product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in "
|
||
"the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted "
|
||
"quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before"
|
||
" applying the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Plan counts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be "
|
||
"accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by "
|
||
"opening the column options icon."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are "
|
||
"scheduled for today or earlier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a "
|
||
"Count` and fill in the following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will"
|
||
" be accounted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product"
|
||
" line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On "
|
||
"Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the "
|
||
"database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for"
|
||
" the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the "
|
||
"default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual "
|
||
"Inventory Day and Month` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month"
|
||
" setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Cycle counts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
|
||
"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
|
||
"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
|
||
"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
|
||
"counting more often at key locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
|
||
"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
|
||
"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
|
||
"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
|
||
"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
|
||
"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
|
||
" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
|
||
"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
|
||
"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "批次和序列号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
|
||
msgstr "批次号和序列号的区别是什么？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||
msgstr "介绍"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
|
||
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
|
||
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在Odoo中, 批次号和序列号在系统中有者相同的逻辑但是不同的表现行为。他们都是在 **** , **** , **** 模块中使用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
|
||
"altogether in one single pack."
|
||
msgstr " **** 对应于您收到的一定数量的产品并放在一个包装中。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
|
||
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
|
||
"delivery and after-sales."
|
||
msgstr " **列** 是一个单独产品的唯一标识码, 能让我们从收货到发货再到售后进行追踪。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
|
||
msgid "When to use"
|
||
msgstr "什么时候使用"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
|
||
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
|
||
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
|
||
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
|
||
"food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" **次** 通常在大批量的产品收货中使用, 这能够帮你在报表, 质检, "
|
||
"或者其余信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
|
||
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
|
||
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
|
||
" way you manage these products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" **序列号** 对于那些需要售后的产品来说比较有用, 例如手机, 笔记本电脑, 以及其余的电子设备。依赖于管理产品的方式, "
|
||
"你可以使用生成序列号或者自己的序列号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
|
||
msgid "When not to use"
|
||
msgstr "什么时候不用"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
|
||
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
|
||
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
|
||
msgstr "消耗品例如厨房用纸, 厕所用纸, 笔或者手写纸等使用批次是没有意义的, 因为这些产品你从来不会退货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
|
||
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
|
||
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
|
||
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"另一方面, 只有那些使用质保期现／或者售后服务的产品使用单个产品的序列号, 除了这些, "
|
||
"给产品分配序列号是浪费时间的行为。例如给一块面包分配一个序列号是没有一点意义的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
|
||
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
|
||
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`lots` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Expiration Dates"
|
||
msgstr "到期日"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed"
|
||
" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and "
|
||
"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid "
|
||
"selling expired products to customers."
|
||
msgstr "在许多公司中，产品都有保质期，应根据这些日期进行管理。例如，在食品行业，必须根据有效期跟踪和管理产品库存，以避免向客户出售过期产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration "
|
||
"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers."
|
||
msgstr "基于产品的保质期，您可以用Odoo跟踪和管理您的产品，即使它们已经通过批次或序列号进行跟踪。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Application configuration"
|
||
msgstr "应用配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial "
|
||
"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features."
|
||
msgstr "要使用保质期跟踪，请打开 *库存* 应用程序并前往：菜单选项:`配置 --> 设置` 并激活 *批次和序列号* 和 *保质期* 功能。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Product configuration"
|
||
msgstr "产品配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product "
|
||
"form:"
|
||
msgstr "现在，您可以在产品表单的 *库存选项卡* 中界定不同的日期："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, "
|
||
"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on "
|
||
"each lot/serial number received."
|
||
msgstr "产品使用时间：货物在尚未变质前的天数。这用于计算收到的每个批次/序列号的最佳使用日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous "
|
||
"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on "
|
||
"each lot/serial number received."
|
||
msgstr "产品生命周期：产品可能变得危险且不得食用之前的天数。这用于计算收到的每个批次/序列号的到期日。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be "
|
||
"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each "
|
||
"lot/serial number received."
|
||
msgstr "产品下架时间：显示产品应从库存中下架前的天数。这用于计算收到的每个批次/序列号的下架日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be "
|
||
"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on"
|
||
" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an "
|
||
"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible "
|
||
"user defined on the Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"产品警报时间：指在批次/序列号上发出警报之前的天数。这用于计算收到的每个批次/序列号的警报日期。到了警报日当天，相关批次/序列号上的活动将分配给产品上指定的用户负责人。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "批号/序列号的到期日"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be "
|
||
"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based "
|
||
"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form."
|
||
msgstr "将产品收入库存时，相应的批号/序列号将自动更新日期。这些更新会基于产品的收货日期和产品表格上设置的日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Expiration Alerts"
|
||
msgstr "到期警报"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the"
|
||
" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded "
|
||
"their respective alert dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"您可以在*库存*应用程序中访问到期警报。如需操作，请转到：菜单选项`主数据 --> "
|
||
"批次/序列号`。在那里，您可以使用预先设定好的筛选器来显示所有已超过警报日期的批次/序列号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage lots of identical products"
|
||
msgstr "管理大批相同的产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a "
|
||
"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots "
|
||
"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production "
|
||
"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"批次通常在大批量的产品收货中使用，这可用于报表、质控或者任何其他信息。例如，批次有助于识别存在生产缺陷的产品。它对于批量生产的服装或食品非常有用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the "
|
||
"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries."
|
||
msgstr "Odoo可管理批次，确保符合大多数行业的可追溯性要求。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced "
|
||
"traceability."
|
||
msgstr "Odoo中的复式管理使你进行非常高级的追踪。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Setting Up"
|
||
msgstr "设置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Application Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "应用程序配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & "
|
||
"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"首先，你需要启用按批号追踪的功能。为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*批号和序列号*。然后，点击保存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Product Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "产品配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial "
|
||
"numbers."
|
||
msgstr "现在，你需要配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your"
|
||
" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the "
|
||
"inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`并打开你选择的产品。在库存选项卡中，点击*编辑*并选择*按批号追踪*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Manage Lots"
|
||
msgstr "管理批次"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot "
|
||
"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:"
|
||
msgstr "为了接收按批次追踪的产品，你必须指定其批号。你有多种操作方法："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers"
|
||
msgstr "手动分配不同批号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴批号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59
|
||
msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
|
||
msgstr "首先，你需要打开拣货程序的详细操作页面。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add"
|
||
" a line* again to register a new lot number."
|
||
msgstr "在打开详细操作页面时，你可点击*添加行*。然后，你可填入批号。完成后，你可再次点击*添加行*，登记新的批号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴批号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your "
|
||
"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial "
|
||
"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. "
|
||
"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are "
|
||
"contained in each one of the lots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"打开供应商提供的批号电子数据表，复制列表。然后，你可将它们直接粘贴到Odoo的*批号/序列号名称*一列，自动创建必要的行。之后，你必须手动输入每个批次包含的产品数量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Operation Types"
|
||
msgstr "作业类型"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots "
|
||
"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`."
|
||
msgstr "当然，你还可以定义每种作业类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型`。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide "
|
||
"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By "
|
||
"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and "
|
||
"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have "
|
||
"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to "
|
||
"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"对于每种类型（收货、内部调拨、发货等），你可决定创建新批号或是仅使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许在接收产品时创建新批次，而在这类作业中不允许使用现有批号。如果是仓库间戴波并按批次追踪产品，在收货时允许使用现有批号非常有用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
|
||
msgid "Lots traceability"
|
||
msgstr "批次追踪"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they "
|
||
"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were "
|
||
"shipped to."
|
||
msgstr "为产品分配批号可用于追踪接收产品和产品入库的地点、售出对象和发货目的地。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master"
|
||
" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to "
|
||
"your search."
|
||
msgstr "如要追踪一个产品，打开*库存*模块，在 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 批号/序列号`，点击搜索对应的批号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the"
|
||
" lot number has been used."
|
||
msgstr "打开*可追溯性*信息，你可查看该批号被用于哪些文件。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the "
|
||
"*Location* stat button."
|
||
msgstr "现在，如你想要定位这个批号，可点击*库位*统计按钮。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Work with serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr "使用序列号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number "
|
||
"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, "
|
||
"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will "
|
||
"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its "
|
||
"last movement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如要按序列号追踪产品，你可使用序列号追踪功能。通过此功能，你可追踪产品的当前库位，如产品从一个地点移动到另一地点，系统将根据最后移动情况，自动识别产品的当前库位。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-"
|
||
"entry management is the feature you need."
|
||
msgstr "如你想要使用此功能，或允许高级可追溯性功能，需使用Odoo的复式分录管理。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Configurations"
|
||
msgstr "配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. "
|
||
"Then, enable the feature and hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"首先，你需要启用序列号追踪功能。为此，在*库存*应用程序中前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。然后，启用该功能并点击保存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers."
|
||
" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the "
|
||
"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial "
|
||
"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"现在，你可配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。为此，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品` "
|
||
"并打开你选择的产品。在*库存*选项卡中，编辑该产品并选择*按唯一的序列号追踪*。然后，点击保存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Manage Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "管理序列号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify "
|
||
"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:"
|
||
msgstr "为了接收按序列号追踪的产品，你必须指定其序列号。当然，你有多种操作方法："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Manual assignation"
|
||
msgstr "手动分配"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73
|
||
msgid "Multi-assignation"
|
||
msgstr "多重分配"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file"
|
||
msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly "
|
||
"need to open the detailed operations of your picking."
|
||
msgstr "无论你喜欢用哪种方式分配序列号，首先需要打开拣货程序的详细操作页面。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr "手动分配不同的序列号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, "
|
||
"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can "
|
||
"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number."
|
||
msgstr "在打开详细操作页面时，你可点击*添加行*。然后，你可填写序列号字段。完成后，你可再次点击*添加行*，登记新的序列号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial "
|
||
"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial "
|
||
"number to."
|
||
msgstr "利用分配多个序列号的功能，Odoo可自动创建必要的行。为此，你必须输入一组中的首个序列号，及需要分配序列号的产品数量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest."
|
||
msgstr "完成后，点击*分配序列号*，Odoo将完成其余操作。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you "
|
||
"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* "
|
||
"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you"
|
||
" need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如要使用复制/粘贴功能，打开接收的包含序列号的电子数据表，复制列表。然后，你可将它们直接粘贴到向导的*批号/序列号名称*一列。之后，Odoo将自动创建你需要的行。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106
|
||
msgid "Operation types"
|
||
msgstr "作业类型"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each "
|
||
"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app."
|
||
msgstr "你还可以定义每种作业类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型`。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers "
|
||
"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only "
|
||
"allowed at product reception."
|
||
msgstr "对于每个类型，你可决定允许创建新批号或使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许新接收的产品创建新批号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be "
|
||
"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too."
|
||
msgstr "如果按批号完成仓库间调拨和追踪产品，则允许收货时使用现有批号非常有用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Serial Number traceability"
|
||
msgstr "序列号追踪"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were "
|
||
"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped "
|
||
"to."
|
||
msgstr "使用序列号可追踪接收产品和产品入库的地点、售出对象和发货目的地。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial"
|
||
" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* "
|
||
"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has "
|
||
"been used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"追踪产品非常简单：打开*库存*应用程序，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> "
|
||
"批号/序列号`，并点击你的搜索对应的序列号。然后，打开*可追溯性*信息。你可在此查看哪些文件使用了序列号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the"
|
||
" *Location* button available on the serial number form."
|
||
msgstr "并且，如你想要定位这个序列号，可点击序列号表单上的*库位*统计按钮。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
|
||
msgstr "杂项操作"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Batch Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "处理批量拣货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing "
|
||
"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you "
|
||
"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it,"
|
||
" either via the barcode application or in the form view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"批量拣货允许单个拣货员处理一批订单，从而减少他必须访问同一位置的次数。在Odoo，这意味着您可以将多个传输重新组合到同一个批次传输中，然后通过条形码应用程序或在表单视图中对其进行处理。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr "创建批量传输"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*."
|
||
msgstr "如需激活批量拣货的选项，请转到：菜单选项：`库存 --> 设置 --> 设置` 并启用 *批量拣货*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option "
|
||
"in the Odoo Inventory app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` "
|
||
"and hit the create button."
|
||
msgstr "然后，转到 :菜单选项:`库存 --> 运营 --> 批量传输` 并点击创建按钮。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you "
|
||
"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a"
|
||
" line*."
|
||
msgstr "现在，确定负责的批次转移以及要包含在批次中的转移类型。如需添加传输类型，请单击*添加行*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that "
|
||
"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to "
|
||
"be included in the batch transfer were selected."
|
||
msgstr "在下面的示例中，使用筛选器来仅查看 *拣选* 步骤中的传输。之后，选择需要包含在批量传输中的不同传输。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n"
|
||
"to the batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. "
|
||
"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the "
|
||
"locations they have been reserved from."
|
||
msgstr "要查看为不同传输选择的产品，请单击 *选择*。如果 *多位置* 已激活，该文档还会显示它们被保留的位置所在。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target"
|
||
" locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View"
|
||
msgstr "从传输列表视图创建批量传输"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in "
|
||
"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list."
|
||
msgstr "在*传输列表视图*中，选择应包含在批量中的传输。然后，从 *操作* 列表中选择 *添加到批量*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers "
|
||
"list view"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch "
|
||
"transfer or create a new one."
|
||
msgstr "接下来，决定是否将传输添加到现有草稿的批量传输，或是创建一个新的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr "处理批量传输"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the"
|
||
" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select "
|
||
"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated "
|
||
"too."
|
||
msgstr "在收集产品时，您可以编辑批量传输并更新每个产品的*完成数量*。拣选完所有产品后，选择*验证*以验证批次中包含的不同传输。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for "
|
||
"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed."
|
||
msgstr "如果所有的产品都不能被使用，你可以为每一个不能被完全处理的单独的转移创建延期订单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n"
|
||
"of a batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr "从条码应用程序中处理一个批量转移"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu."
|
||
msgstr "进入“条码”应用程序，选择“批量传输”菜单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch "
|
||
"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary."
|
||
msgstr "然后，您可以输入要处理的批量传输。如有必要，批量传输可以很容易地按负责人分组。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source "
|
||
"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr "在批量转移中，产品按位置分类。源文档在每一行上都是可见的，颜色代码有助于区分它们。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* "
|
||
"button."
|
||
msgstr "要查看要从其他位置拾取的产品，请单击“下一步”按钮。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode "
|
||
"application"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last "
|
||
"page) to mark the batch transfer as done."
|
||
msgstr "拣完所有产品后，单击*验证*（在最后一页）将批量转移标记为完成。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own"
|
||
msgstr "管理不属于你的库存"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having"
|
||
" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*."
|
||
msgstr "有时，供应商会向门店提供产品，且你无需事先采购它们。这种情况被称为 **销库** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new"
|
||
" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure "
|
||
"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to "
|
||
"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place."
|
||
msgstr "代销库存是工厂和供应商发布新产品的好办法。因为零售商可能不愿意购买不确定能否卖掉的产品，代销库存能让他们先不付款并在市场上试销。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through "
|
||
"advanced settings."
|
||
msgstr "当然，Odoo能通过高级设置管理代销库存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in "
|
||
"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如要使用此功能，在库存应用程序中打开 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> "
|
||
"设置`。然后，在*可追溯性*部分启用*代销*功能。现在，点击保存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock"
|
||
msgstr "代销库存的收货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. "
|
||
"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has "
|
||
"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock."
|
||
msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开收货页面并创建新的收货记录。你可看到页面右侧出现名为*分配所有者*的新行。你可在此指定拥有库存的合作伙伴。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39
|
||
msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank."
|
||
msgstr "如你是所有者，你可将此字段留空。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still "
|
||
"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr "在确认收货后，产品进入你的仓库但仍属于所有者。它们不会影响你的库存估值。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process wave transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** "
|
||
"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to "
|
||
"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may "
|
||
"be a better fit than the other."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are "
|
||
"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: "
|
||
"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the "
|
||
"settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Add products to a wave"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding "
|
||
"products to a wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same "
|
||
"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific "
|
||
"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the "
|
||
"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots "
|
||
"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or"
|
||
" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Select lines to add to the wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same "
|
||
"product, location, carrier, etc..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54
|
||
msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave "
|
||
"transfer from the drop-down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` "
|
||
"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the "
|
||
"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are "
|
||
"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64
|
||
msgid "View wave transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers"
|
||
" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Planning"
|
||
msgstr "计划"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
|
||
msgstr "如何计算的预定交付日期"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It "
|
||
"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, "
|
||
"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate"
|
||
" scheduled dates."
|
||
msgstr "为客户提供最佳服务对于企业至关重要。 这意味着要计划每一个动作：制造订单，交货，接收等等。 为此，您需要正确配置提前期并协调计划日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for "
|
||
"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer "
|
||
"will get the products he ordered."
|
||
msgstr "通过使用交货期，Odoo为每个过程提供结束日期，即 *承诺日期* 。 例如，在销售订单上，这是您的客户获得订购的产品的日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives "
|
||
"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take "
|
||
"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into "
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr "从客户的角度来看，承诺日期很重要，因为它可以估计他们何时才能收到他们的产品。 这些日期考虑了所有其他交货时间，例如制造，交货或供应商。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?"
|
||
msgstr "交货时间是如何计算的?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated "
|
||
"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is"
|
||
" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:"
|
||
msgstr "如上所述，交货期有几种类型。 每个都是根据各种指标计算得出的。 在进行配置之前，这里简要概述了交货期的计算方法及其含义："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you "
|
||
"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer "
|
||
"lead time."
|
||
msgstr " **户交货** ：客户交货期是您设置的默认持续时间。 因此，销售订单的预计日期是今天+ 客户交货期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many "
|
||
"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default"
|
||
" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead "
|
||
"Time**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" **售安全提前** :目的是在与客户达成实际承诺的数天前准备发货。然后，交货订单上的默认预定日期是， **此交货日期-安全交货时** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: margin of error for vendor lead times. When"
|
||
" the system generates Purchase Orders for procuring products, they will be "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr "**提前采购安全期**：供应商提前期的误差幅度。当系统生成用于采购产品的采购订单时，将提前几天安排这些订单，以应对意外的供应商延迟交货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO "
|
||
"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt "
|
||
"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" **购交货提前** ：这是确认采购订单到收到订购产品之间的预计时间。 **货计划日期-供应商交货日** 是默认的 *采购订单订购* 日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to "
|
||
"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo "
|
||
"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific "
|
||
"date is set on the line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" **买天** ：采购部门用来验证采购订单的天数。 如果已经打开了对同一供应商的另一个询价，Odoo会将行添加到询价中，而不是创建新的询价。 "
|
||
"然后，在该行上设置特定日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to "
|
||
"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to "
|
||
"produce and does not take the routing time into account."
|
||
msgstr " **造提前** ：这是制造产品所需的预期时间。 该提前期与生产数量无关，并且不考虑工艺路线时间。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk "
|
||
"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery "
|
||
"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead"
|
||
" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" **产安全提前** ：减少制造延迟风险的额外时间。 如果是 *补充订单* ，则 **货订单计划日期-生产提前时间-生产安全提前时** 是默认的 "
|
||
"*生产订单* 计划日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Sales - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "销售-交货期"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows "
|
||
"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is"
|
||
" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously "
|
||
"configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在 *销售* 应用程序中，有一个名为 *交货期* 的选项。 它允许查看销售订单上的其他字段 *预期日期* 。 这是根据先前配置的不同提前期自动计算的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into "
|
||
"account"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a "
|
||
"warning message is displayed."
|
||
msgstr "如果设置的 *交货日期* 早于 *预期日期* ，则会显示警告信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n"
|
||
"by Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure "
|
||
"all the lead times that could occur."
|
||
msgstr "但是，为了所有这些能够正常工作，仍然有必要配置所有可能出现的所有交货期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "客户前置时间"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your"
|
||
" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by "
|
||
"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your "
|
||
"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"*客户提前期*是您的产品从仓库运到客户所需要的时间。 可以在以下任何产品上配置它，方法是 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品 --> "
|
||
"产品`。 打开您的产品表格，进入 *库存* 选项卡，然后添加 *客户提前期* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead"
|
||
" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr "例如，产品B在4月2日订购，但 *客户交货时间* 为两天。 在这种情况下，预计交付日期为4月4日。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:108
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217
|
||
msgid "Security Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "安全提前时间"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are "
|
||
"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping "
|
||
"earlier in order to arrive on time."
|
||
msgstr "在销售中，*安全提前期* 对应于备份天数，以确保您能够及时交付产品。 目的是早点准备好发货，以便准时到达。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a "
|
||
"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer."
|
||
msgstr "从计算中减去交货期天数，以计算给客户承诺的日期早的预定日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*."
|
||
msgstr "要进行设置，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 然后启用 *销售的安全提前期* 功能。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but "
|
||
"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for "
|
||
"the delivery order is the 5th of April."
|
||
msgstr "例如，产品B计划于4月6日交付，但 *安全交货期* 为一天。 在这种情况下，交货订单的预定日期为4月5日。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Deliver several products"
|
||
msgstr "交付多种产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can "
|
||
"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or "
|
||
"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily."
|
||
msgstr "在许多情况下，客户会同时订购多个产品。 交货时间可能不同，但仍需要一次或单独交付。 幸好Odoo可以帮助您轻松处理这些案件。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When"
|
||
" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to "
|
||
"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在 *销售订单* 的 *其他信息* 选项卡中，您可以选择 *当所有产品准备就绪时* 和 *尽快* 。 第一个是立即交付产品，而第二个是分别交付产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead "
|
||
"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated "
|
||
"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is "
|
||
"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"例如，同时订购产品A和B。 A的交货期为8天，B的交货期为5天。使用第一个选项时，*预计交货日期* "
|
||
"是根据交货期最多的产品计算得出的，此处为A。如果在4月2日确认订单，则 *预计交货日期* 是4月10日。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the "
|
||
"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product"
|
||
" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"使用第二个选项时，*预期日期* 是根据客户交货期最少的产品计算得出的。 在此示例中，B是交货期最少的产品。 因此，*预计日期* 是4月7日。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:152
|
||
msgid "Purchase - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "采购 - 交货时间"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:155
|
||
msgid "Supplier Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "供应商提前期"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to "
|
||
"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"*供应商提前期* 是您购买的产品交付所需的时间。 要配置它，请从 :menuselection:`采购 -->产品 --> 产品` 中打开一个产品，并在"
|
||
" *采购* 标签下添加一个供应商。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the "
|
||
"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase "
|
||
"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead "
|
||
"Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"通过单击 *添加一行* ，将显示一个新窗口。 您可以在此处指定 *交货提前期* 。 如果这样做，每次采购该产品的交货日期现在等于 "
|
||
"*采购订单日期+交货提前期* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times "
|
||
"depending on the vendor."
|
||
msgstr "可以添加不同的供应商，因此可以根据供应商添加不同的交货时间。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for "
|
||
"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error "
|
||
"for your supplier to deliver your order."
|
||
msgstr "采购的 *安全提前期* 与 *销售* 的逻辑相同，只是您的身份为客户。 然后，这是你的供应商交货的误差范围。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:186
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
|
||
msgstr "要设置 *安全提前期* 以进行采购，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 设定` 并启用该功能"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr "这样做，每次系统生成采购订单时，都将这些订单安排在许多天之前，以应对供应商的意外延误。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:198
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "制造 - 交货时间"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "制造前置时间"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product."
|
||
" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the "
|
||
"number of days the manufacturing takes."
|
||
msgstr "*制造提前期* 是制造产品所需的时间。 要指定它，请打开产品表单的 *库存* 标签，然后添加制造所需的天数。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the "
|
||
"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s"
|
||
" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of "
|
||
"July is June 27th."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"当与 *制造提前期* 一起使用时， * 制造订单(MO)* 的 *截止日期开始* 为 *承诺日期-制造提前期* 。 "
|
||
"例如，制造订单的承诺日期为7月10日的订单的截止日期开始日期为6月27日。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing "
|
||
"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays."
|
||
msgstr "用于制造的 *安全提前期* 可以更早地生成制造订单，以应对制造延迟的风险。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr "要启用它，请转到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置，然后勾选 *安全提前期* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th "
|
||
"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead "
|
||
"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on "
|
||
"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"例如，客户订购了B，交货日期安排在6月20日。 *制造交货期* 为14天， *安全交货期* 为3天，因此B的制造订单需要最迟于6月3日开始。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:236
|
||
msgid "Global Example"
|
||
msgstr "全局示例"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238
|
||
msgid "Here is a configuration:"
|
||
msgstr "请参考以下的设置范例:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales"
|
||
msgstr "销售交货提前期为1天"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:241
|
||
msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "生产安全提前期为2天"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242
|
||
msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time"
|
||
msgstr "生产提前期为3天"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "采购交货提前期为1天"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244
|
||
msgid "4 days of supplier lead time"
|
||
msgstr "供应商的交货提前期为4天"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery "
|
||
"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, "
|
||
"here is when all the various steps are triggered."
|
||
msgstr "假设某个客户在9月1日订购了B，并且计划在20天内（9月20日）交货。 在这种情况下，这是所有各个步骤均被触发的时间。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:250
|
||
msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created"
|
||
msgstr "** 9月1** ：创建销售订单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier "
|
||
"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)"
|
||
msgstr "** 9月10** ：由于制造过程而从供应商订购组件的截止日期（供应商提前期为4天）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:254
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of"
|
||
" security lead time for Purchase)"
|
||
msgstr "** 9月13** ：从供应商处收到产品（采购的安全交货期为1天）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 "
|
||
"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for "
|
||
"Manufacturing)"
|
||
msgstr "** 9月14** ：制造订单的截止日期（19日 - 生产提前期3天 - 生产安全提前期2天）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:259
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of "
|
||
"security lead time for sales)"
|
||
msgstr "** 9月19** ：交货订单表格上的预计日期（交货提前期为1天）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Products"
|
||
msgstr "产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Select a replenishment strategy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering "
|
||
"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies "
|
||
"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the "
|
||
"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which"
|
||
" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery "
|
||
"processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Terminology"
|
||
msgstr "术语"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative "
|
||
"forecast quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of "
|
||
"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales "
|
||
"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach "
|
||
"the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or "
|
||
"from the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Make to Order"
|
||
msgstr "按单补货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase "
|
||
"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, "
|
||
"*regardless of the current stock level*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
|
||
" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) "
|
||
"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and "
|
||
"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or "
|
||
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is "
|
||
"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase"
|
||
" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted "
|
||
"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO "
|
||
"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
|
||
"customized and should be used for this purpose only."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows "
|
||
"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific "
|
||
"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the "
|
||
"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For "
|
||
"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast "
|
||
"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time "
|
||
"and security lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or"
|
||
" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. "
|
||
"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels "
|
||
"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to "
|
||
"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new "
|
||
"reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
|
||
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, "
|
||
"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product "
|
||
"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this "
|
||
"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted"
|
||
" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering "
|
||
"rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by"
|
||
" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source "
|
||
"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` "
|
||
"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) "
|
||
"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Make to order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized "
|
||
"products, the route is hidden by default."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113
|
||
msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Warehouse`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click "
|
||
"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable "
|
||
"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and"
|
||
" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order "
|
||
"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor "
|
||
"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-"
|
||
"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition "
|
||
"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use different units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
|
||
" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the "
|
||
"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the "
|
||
"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case "
|
||
"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a "
|
||
"supplier and then sells those products in individual units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Units of measure categories"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of "
|
||
"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units "
|
||
"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit "
|
||
"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another"
|
||
" only if both units belong to the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Set units of measure categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is "
|
||
"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of"
|
||
" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any "
|
||
"new units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to "
|
||
"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category"
|
||
" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit "
|
||
"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the"
|
||
" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`"
|
||
" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)."
|
||
" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units"
|
||
" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than "
|
||
"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same"
|
||
" category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Specify a product's units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. "
|
||
"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of "
|
||
"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. "
|
||
"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's"
|
||
" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field "
|
||
"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Unit conversion"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. "
|
||
"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo "
|
||
"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's "
|
||
"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the "
|
||
"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its "
|
||
"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in "
|
||
"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "补货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from "
|
||
"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit "
|
||
"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product "
|
||
"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests "
|
||
"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The"
|
||
" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100
|
||
msgid "Sell in a different UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the "
|
||
"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`"
|
||
" can be manually edited on the quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order"
|
||
" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right "
|
||
"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the "
|
||
"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the"
|
||
" delivery shows the converted quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but "
|
||
"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes"
|
||
" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?"
|
||
msgstr "何时使用包裹、计量单位或特殊包装？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "计量单位"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you "
|
||
"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your"
|
||
" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your "
|
||
"supplier."
|
||
msgstr "计量单位规定了处理产品时所用的单位。在Odoo中，你可指定管理库存和从供应商处采购产品所用的计量单位。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different "
|
||
"units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective "
|
||
"delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to "
|
||
"be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet"
|
||
" (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a "
|
||
"purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity "
|
||
"in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates"
|
||
" a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the "
|
||
"quantity in feet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Packages"
|
||
msgstr "包裹"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several "
|
||
"products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, "
|
||
"its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the "
|
||
"quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make "
|
||
"sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by "
|
||
"setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first "
|
||
"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. "
|
||
"Repeat for each package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Separate delivery into different packages"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Separate delivery package details"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Packagings"
|
||
msgstr "包装"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a "
|
||
"product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a "
|
||
"pallet for the packaging."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase "
|
||
"orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and "
|
||
"units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while "
|
||
"UoMs are generic."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Different product packaging examples."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Package field on purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode"
|
||
" of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in "
|
||
"the packing on the picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71
|
||
msgid ":doc:`uom`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`uom` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Replenishment strategies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "从其他仓库补给"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate"
|
||
" \\*multi-step routes\\*."
|
||
msgstr "为了能够从另一个仓库重新补给，您需要激活\\*多步骤路线\\*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in an Odoo database's settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be "
|
||
"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly "
|
||
"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied."
|
||
msgstr "然后，您可以通过以下菜单访问仓库：`库存-->配置-->仓库`。进入需要另一个仓库补给的仓库。您可以直接指出它通过哪个仓库获得补给。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your "
|
||
"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected,"
|
||
" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*."
|
||
msgstr "如启用本选项，你的产品将有一条可用的新路线\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*。你现在可选择此路线并勾选\\*重订货规则\\*或\\*按订单补货\\*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in "
|
||
"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. "
|
||
"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Run scheduler`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在演示中，我将重订货规则设置为最小库存5个，最大库存10个，目前库存为0个。我将进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> "
|
||
"运行调度器`，即可运行调度器。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from"
|
||
" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in"
|
||
" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is "
|
||
"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from "
|
||
"Second warehouse\\*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"系统将自动创建两项拣货操作，一项是从储存必要产品的第二仓库创建\\*交货单\\*，另一项是相同产品进入主仓库WH/Stock的收货命令。源文件是触发\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*路线的\\*重订货规则\\*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||
msgstr "计价方法"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
|
||
msgstr "将额外成本整合到产品中（到岸成本） "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs "
|
||
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also "
|
||
"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed "
|
||
"costs accounting entries will be recorded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Add costs to products"
|
||
msgstr "向产品添加成本"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
|
||
msgstr "接收供应商账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in "
|
||
"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick "
|
||
"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice "
|
||
"line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in "
|
||
"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor "
|
||
"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost "
|
||
"information every time a vendor bill comes in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must "
|
||
"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`"
|
||
" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
|
||
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr "如果该产品始终为到岸成本，你可在产品上进行定义，避免在每张供应商账单上都要打勾。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost "
|
||
"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at "
|
||
"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with "
|
||
"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product "
|
||
"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by "
|
||
"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost "
|
||
"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the "
|
||
"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the "
|
||
"landed cost entry to the accounting journal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed "
|
||
"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category "
|
||
"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average "
|
||
"Costing)` method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Landed cost journal entry"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Landed cost records can also be directly created in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not "
|
||
"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
|
||
msgstr "库存计价配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very "
|
||
"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of "
|
||
"a company."
|
||
msgstr "库存计价是指确定库存价值的方式。这对企业而言是一个非常重要的方面，因为库存可能是公司最大的资产。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:"
|
||
msgstr "库存计价包含两方面主要选择："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15
|
||
msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)"
|
||
msgstr "确定货物价值所用的成本法（标准价格、先进先出价格、加权平均价格）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or "
|
||
"automatically)"
|
||
msgstr "将货物价值记入会计账簿的方式（手动或自动）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below."
|
||
msgstr "下面将具体介绍这两个概念。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21
|
||
msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO"
|
||
msgstr "计价方式：标准价格、先进先出价格、加权平均价格"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three "
|
||
"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below."
|
||
msgstr "成本方法在产品类别中定义，有三种可选方法。下面将详细介绍每种方法。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71
|
||
msgid "Standard Price"
|
||
msgstr "标准价格"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Operation"
|
||
msgstr "操作"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128
|
||
msgid "Unit Cost"
|
||
msgstr "单位成本"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Qty On Hand"
|
||
msgstr "在手数量"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delta Value"
|
||
msgstr "差异值"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131
|
||
msgid "Inventory Value"
|
||
msgstr "库存价值"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138
|
||
msgid "€10"
|
||
msgstr "€10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134
|
||
msgid "0"
|
||
msgstr "0"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136
|
||
msgid "€0"
|
||
msgstr "€0"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137
|
||
msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10"
|
||
msgstr "以€10的价格入库8个产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139
|
||
msgid "8"
|
||
msgstr "8"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140
|
||
msgid "+8*€10"
|
||
msgstr "+8 *€10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141
|
||
msgid "€80"
|
||
msgstr "€80"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142
|
||
msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16"
|
||
msgstr "以€16的价格入库4个产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144
|
||
msgid "12"
|
||
msgstr "12"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54
|
||
msgid "+4*€10"
|
||
msgstr "+4 *€10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55
|
||
msgid "€120"
|
||
msgstr "€120"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147
|
||
msgid "Deliver 10 Products"
|
||
msgstr "发货10片产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149
|
||
msgid "2"
|
||
msgstr "2"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-10*€10"
|
||
msgstr "-10 *€10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61
|
||
msgid "€20"
|
||
msgstr "€20"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9"
|
||
msgstr "以€9的价格入库2个产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155
|
||
msgid "4"
|
||
msgstr "4"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65
|
||
msgid "+2*€10"
|
||
msgstr "+2 *€10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66
|
||
msgid "€40"
|
||
msgstr "€40"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you "
|
||
"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation "
|
||
"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must"
|
||
" be reviewed periodically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在 **准价格 **，产品计价是你在产品表单中手动定义的成本。通常而言，这项成本根据获得产品所需的材料和人工进行估算。这项成本必须定期审核。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Average Price"
|
||
msgstr "平均价格"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143
|
||
msgid "€12"
|
||
msgstr "€12"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145
|
||
msgid "+4*€16"
|
||
msgstr "+4 *€16"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146
|
||
msgid "€144"
|
||
msgstr "€144"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-10*€12"
|
||
msgstr "-10 *€12"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106
|
||
msgid "€24"
|
||
msgstr "€24"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153
|
||
msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6"
|
||
msgstr "以€6的价格收到2 个产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108
|
||
msgid "€9"
|
||
msgstr "€9"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156
|
||
msgid "+2*€6"
|
||
msgstr "+2 *€6"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111
|
||
msgid "€36"
|
||
msgstr "€36"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value "
|
||
"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the "
|
||
"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt."
|
||
msgstr "** AVCO（平均成本法） **，每件产品的价值相等，是产品的平均采购成本。在这种成本计价方法中，产品成本在每次收货后重新计算。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117
|
||
msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "当产品出库的时候平均价格不变。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168
|
||
msgid "FIFO"
|
||
msgstr "先进先出(FIFO)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148
|
||
msgid "€16"
|
||
msgstr "€16"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-8*€10"
|
||
msgstr "-8 *€10"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0
|
||
msgid "-2*€16"
|
||
msgstr "-2 *€16"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152
|
||
msgid "€32"
|
||
msgstr "€32"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154
|
||
msgid "€11"
|
||
msgstr "€11"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157
|
||
msgid "€44"
|
||
msgstr "€44"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase "
|
||
"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule"
|
||
" that applies."
|
||
msgstr "** FIFO（先进先出价格法） **，按产品的采购成本进行计价。当产品离开库存时，适用“先进先出”规则。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the "
|
||
"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial "
|
||
"number."
|
||
msgstr "注意，这是财务意义上的先进先出。首个“进入”的价值首先“出去”，而无论其储存位置、仓库或序列号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, "
|
||
"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users."
|
||
msgstr "如你在Odoo中管理所有工作流程（销售、采购、库存），则建议使用FIFO。它适合各种用户。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171
|
||
msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated"
|
||
msgstr "库存计价：手动或自动"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting "
|
||
"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. "
|
||
"Those two methods are detailed below."
|
||
msgstr "将库存价值记入会计账簿的方式有两种。成本法在你的产品类别中定义。这两种记账方法具体如下。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your"
|
||
" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental "
|
||
"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product "
|
||
"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only "
|
||
"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In "
|
||
"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"需要注意的是，会计分录取决于你的会计模式：欧洲大陆模式或盎格鲁-撒克逊模式。对于欧洲大陆模式，在产品入库后立即将货物成本计入。对于盎格鲁-"
|
||
"撒克逊模式，只有当货物向最终客户开具开票后，其成本才会被计为支出。你可通过下表轻松比较这两种会计模式。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen "
|
||
"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the "
|
||
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and open your accounting settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"通常，根据您所在的国家，默认情况下会选择正确的会计模式。如果要验证记帐模式，请激活：ref:`开发者模式<developer "
|
||
"mode>`并打开记帐设置。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191
|
||
msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr "手动库存计价"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on "
|
||
"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry "
|
||
"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在这种情况下，收货和发货不会对你的会计账簿产生任何直接影响。你可定期创建手动日记账分录，代表库存产品的价值。如要查看库存价值，前往 "
|
||
":menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> 库存计价`。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check"
|
||
" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting "
|
||
"postings."
|
||
msgstr "这是Odoo中默认的配置并且可以拿来即用。检查以下作业并查看Odoo如何管理会计过账。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362
|
||
msgid "Continental Accounting"
|
||
msgstr "大陆会计法"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
|
||
msgid "Vendor Bill"
|
||
msgstr "供应商账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
|
||
msgid "\\"
|
||
msgstr "\\"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
|
||
msgid "Debit"
|
||
msgstr "借方"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341
|
||
msgid "Credit"
|
||
msgstr "贷方"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "资产 :存货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286
|
||
msgid "50"
|
||
msgstr "50"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287
|
||
msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets"
|
||
msgstr "资产 :递延税项资产"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287
|
||
msgid "4.68"
|
||
msgstr "4.68"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288
|
||
msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable"
|
||
msgstr "负债 :应付账款"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288
|
||
msgid "54.68"
|
||
msgstr "54.68"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
|
||
msgid "Configuration:"
|
||
msgstr "配置 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of "
|
||
"related product (Expense Account field)"
|
||
msgstr "材料采购科目 :在产品或者产品的产品所属的内部分类上设置(费用科目字段)。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line"
|
||
msgstr "递延税资产 :在采购订单行上使用的税上设置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295
|
||
msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill"
|
||
msgstr "应付账款 :定义在账单相关的供应商"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296
|
||
msgid "Goods Receptions"
|
||
msgstr "货物接收"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320
|
||
msgid "No Journal Entry"
|
||
msgstr "没有会计分录"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
|
||
msgid "Customer Invoice"
|
||
msgstr "客户结算单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
|
||
msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods"
|
||
msgstr "收入 :销售货物"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304
|
||
msgid "100"
|
||
msgstr "100"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305
|
||
msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities"
|
||
msgstr "负债 :递延税项负债"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305
|
||
msgid "9"
|
||
msgstr "9"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306
|
||
msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable"
|
||
msgstr "资产 :应收账款"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306
|
||
msgid "109"
|
||
msgstr "109"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related "
|
||
"product (Income Account field)"
|
||
msgstr "收入 :在产品或者产品所属种类的页面设置(收入科目字段)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312
|
||
msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
|
||
msgstr "递延税项负债 :在开票行上使用的税上设置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313
|
||
msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)"
|
||
msgstr "应收账款 : 定义在客户(应收科目)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the "
|
||
"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one."
|
||
msgstr "开票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一个在产品定义的税收规则."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317
|
||
msgid "Customer Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "客户发货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Orders"
|
||
msgstr "制造订单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just"
|
||
" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books."
|
||
msgstr "在月／年末, 依靠公司盘点或者只是依赖于Odoo中的库存来计算库存价值并入账。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your "
|
||
"Profit&Loss section to your assets."
|
||
msgstr "创建一笔会计分录把库存变动值从盈利／损失部分移动到资产。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346
|
||
msgid "X"
|
||
msgstr "X"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations"
|
||
msgstr "费用 :存货变动"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and the "
|
||
"**Inventory Variations** debited."
|
||
msgstr "如果存货价值下降，则记入 **货 **户，记入 **货变动 **户。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389
|
||
msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting"
|
||
msgstr "盎格鲁撒克逊会计"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and"
|
||
" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:"
|
||
msgstr "然后你需要适应以下公式把采购产品的余额分成库存和货物销售的成本 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing "
|
||
"inventory value"
|
||
msgstr "销售货物的成本 (COGS) = 期初库存价值 + 采购产品 – 期末库存价值"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334
|
||
msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:"
|
||
msgstr "要在账簿中更新存货计价, 记录一笔分录 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)"
|
||
msgstr "资产 :库存(期末余额)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold"
|
||
msgstr "费用 :货物销售成本"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345
|
||
msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods"
|
||
msgstr "费用 :采购货物"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346
|
||
msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)"
|
||
msgstr "资产 :存货(期初值)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350
|
||
msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr "自动库存计价"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting "
|
||
"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are "
|
||
"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced"
|
||
" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra "
|
||
"configuration & testing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在这种情况下，产品入库或出库时，将自动创建会计分录。这就意味着你的会计账簿始终保持更新。这种模式仅适用于专家会计和高级用户。与定期计价不同，它需要一些额外配置和测试。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those "
|
||
"accounting entries. This is done on the product category."
|
||
msgstr "首先，你需要定义用于这些会计分录的科目。这可在产品类别中进行操作。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401
|
||
msgid "**Configuration:**"
|
||
msgstr " **置 :** "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403
|
||
msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)"
|
||
msgstr "应收／应付账款: 定义在业务伙伴(会计页卡)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line"
|
||
msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债 :定义在开票行上使用的税中。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be"
|
||
" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value."
|
||
msgstr "营收/费用 : 默认的在产品的内部分类中定义, 也能在产品页面(会计页面)作为一个特定的值定义。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr "库存变动科目 :在内部产品类别的库存入库／出库科目处进行设置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category"
|
||
msgstr "存货 :在产品的内部种类中设置为库存价值科目"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a"
|
||
" specific product."
|
||
msgstr "收入：在产品类别中定义为默认，或针对特定产品具体定义。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. "
|
||
"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the "
|
||
"product form."
|
||
msgstr "费用：你应在此设置“已售出商品的成本”科目。在产品类别中定义为默认值，或在产品表单中具体定义。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr "已收货但没有采购的, 设置为产品内部种类上的入库科目"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's "
|
||
"internal category"
|
||
msgstr "已发货但是还没有开票的货物 :在产品内部种类上设置为出库科目。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form "
|
||
"as a specific replacement value"
|
||
msgstr "价格差异 :在产品或者产品的内部种类上设置形成一个特定替代值。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using the inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr "使用库存计价"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in "
|
||
"Odoo."
|
||
msgstr "在本文档中，我们将说明Odoo如何进行库存计价。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics"
|
||
msgstr "库存计价：基本知识"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Receive a product"
|
||
msgstr "接收产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory"
|
||
" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your "
|
||
"product (more info here)."
|
||
msgstr "产品每次入库或出库，库存价值都会受到影响。其影响方式取决于你的产品的配置（在此查看更多信息）。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO "
|
||
"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr "举例来说，我们的产品是一张餐桌，配置为*FIFO成本计价法*及自动库存计价。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25
|
||
msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10."
|
||
msgstr "我以每张$10的价格购买10张餐桌。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory "
|
||
"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the "
|
||
"valuation stat button."
|
||
msgstr "当我确认收到产品时，我的库存价值受到影响。如果我想了解具体的影响，则可点击价值统计按钮。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover "
|
||
"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are "
|
||
"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr "代销功能可用于设置库存所有者（更多了解代销功能）。如你收到的产品属于其他公司，它们将不会被计入库存计价。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44
|
||
msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button."
|
||
msgstr "你需有会计模块的访问权限才能看到这个按钮。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total "
|
||
"value of $100."
|
||
msgstr "在这种情况下，我看到入库的10张餐桌总价值为$100。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in "
|
||
"case of automated inventory valuation)."
|
||
msgstr "我还可访问生成的会计分录（如选择自动库存计价）。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Deliver a product"
|
||
msgstr "产品发货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will "
|
||
"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information."
|
||
msgstr "按照相同的逻辑，餐桌发货后，库存计价将受到影响，你也可访问类似的信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68
|
||
msgid "The inventory valuation report"
|
||
msgstr "库存计价报告"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report "
|
||
"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory "
|
||
"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By "
|
||
"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same "
|
||
"information for a past date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"你可访问库存计价报告摘要（路径 :menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> "
|
||
"库存计价`）。报告将分产品显示库存价值。点击*按日期显示库存*按钮，你还可查看过去日期的同类信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "仓库"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Resupply from another warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse "
|
||
"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a "
|
||
"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is "
|
||
"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which "
|
||
"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-"
|
||
"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Warehouses`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the "
|
||
"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the "
|
||
"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second "
|
||
"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one "
|
||
"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can "
|
||
"resupply this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39
|
||
msgid "Set route on a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now "
|
||
"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply "
|
||
"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a "
|
||
"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route"
|
||
" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock "
|
||
"by moving the product from one warehouse to another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from "
|
||
"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the "
|
||
"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse."
|
||
" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully "
|
||
"tracked in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source "
|
||
"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the "
|
||
"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone
|
||
msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rstNone
|
||
msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "仓库"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's "
|
||
"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user "
|
||
"can create moves between warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Location"
|
||
msgstr "位置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a "
|
||
"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). "
|
||
"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible "
|
||
"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can "
|
||
"be configured as needed under one warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22
|
||
msgid "There are three types of locations:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
|
||
"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading "
|
||
"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
|
||
"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only "
|
||
"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
|
||
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
|
||
"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory "
|
||
"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse "
|
||
"(**Procurements**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be "
|
||
"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
|
||
"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the "
|
||
"organization of the warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check "
|
||
":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Create a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
|
||
"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. "
|
||
"The short name is five characters maximum."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse "
|
||
"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first "
|
||
"letters of location]\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations "
|
||
"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently "
|
||
"created warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Create a new location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
|
||
"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`"
|
||
" and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced Routes"
|
||
msgstr "高级路线"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Concepts"
|
||
msgstr "概念"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "在仓库中组织交叉转运"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
|
||
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
|
||
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
|
||
"another truck."
|
||
msgstr "交叉转运是指将收到的产品直接发给客户，而不让产品入库。卡车只需在*交叉转运*区卸货，以便重新整理产品并装到另一辆卡车上。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
|
||
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
|
||
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"关于如何组织你的仓库的更多信息，阅读博客：`什么是交叉转运？我适合使用交叉转运吗？ "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-"
|
||
"is-it-for-me-270>`__"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
|
||
msgstr "这样还将启用*储存位置*功能。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
|
||
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"现在，*入向*和*出向*的货物都可配置为2步完成。如要调整配置，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并编辑你的仓库。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
|
||
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`，这项修改将创建*交叉转运*路线。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38
|
||
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
|
||
msgstr "配置产品的交叉转运路线"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
|
||
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
|
||
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
|
||
"for it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"创建使用*交叉转运路线*的产品，然后，在库存选项卡中，选择*购买*和*交叉转运*路线。现在，在采购选项卡中，指定向其采购产品的供应商并设定价格。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
|
||
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
|
||
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
|
||
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
|
||
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
|
||
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"完成后，为产品创建销售订单并确认。Odoo将自动创建与销售订单关联的两项调拨操作。第一项是从*入货库位*到*出货库位*的调拨操作，对应将产品移至*交叉转运*区域。第二项是从*出货库位*到*客户库位*的发货单。两者状态都是*等待其他作业*，因为你还需要向供应商订购产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
|
||
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
|
||
"products in the *Input Location*."
|
||
msgstr "现在，前往*采购*应用程序。你可找到系统自动触发的采购订单。确认该订单，并在*入货库位*接收产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
|
||
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
|
||
"*Output*."
|
||
msgstr "当从供应商处接收产品后，你可返回初始采购订单，并将内部调拨从*入货*变为*出货*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
|
||
msgstr "交货单现已准备好，你可处理并确认交货单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers"
|
||
msgstr "仓库间转移"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When owning several warehouses, goods might need to be transferred from one "
|
||
"warehouse to another. This type of transfer is called an *inter-warehouse "
|
||
"transfer*. While physically performing the inter-warehouse transfer might be"
|
||
" simple, the administrative part can be complex. Fortunately, Odoo comes "
|
||
"with an intuitive flow that helps save time when registering inter-warehouse"
|
||
" transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Create an internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr "创建内部调拨"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The following paragraphs detail a sample inter-warehouse transfer, referred "
|
||
"to as an *internal transfer*, use case. The sample use case assumes that the"
|
||
" user has already configured their second warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To transfer eight units of a product from the first warehouse to another "
|
||
"one, proceed as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, select an internal movement "
|
||
"operation of one of the two warehouses. To do so, click on the three "
|
||
"vertical dots icon on the top right corner of the operation card and select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Planned Transfer`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the choice between planned transfer and immediate transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the new planned transfer form, select the :guilabel:`Source Location` (in"
|
||
" this case, the first warehouse) and the :guilabel:`Destination Location` "
|
||
"(in this case, the second warehouse)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, add the products that will be transferred by clicking on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line`, then click on :guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Mark "
|
||
"as ToDo` once done. After that, Odoo puts the transfer in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Waiting` status. Then, click on :guilabel:`Reserve` to reserve "
|
||
"the number of products in the source warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the internal transfer form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer` was selected instead of :guilabel:`Planned"
|
||
" Transfer`, Odoo processes the transfer automatically after the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button is clicked on the internal transfer form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44
|
||
msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:"
|
||
msgstr "也有可能人工调拨每一个产品 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard, open the souce location's internal "
|
||
"transfer operation page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the dashboard with a zoom of the pending internal transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Open the desired transfer order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the pending internal transfers list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the pencil icon in the lower right corner to open the operation "
|
||
"details window. In this new window, the quantity of products can be manually"
|
||
" set."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a backorder pop-up window because all products are not moved at the "
|
||
"same time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the products can't "
|
||
"be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo automatically asks if a "
|
||
"*backorder* should be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a backorder if it is expected that the remaining products will be "
|
||
"processed later."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Do not create a backorder if the remaining products will not be "
|
||
"supplied/received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "从不同的仓库盘点库存"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the "
|
||
"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, "
|
||
"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure"
|
||
" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set"
|
||
" those virtual warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"当你计划向客户发货时，你事先不知道产品来自于A仓库还是B仓库。在某些情况下，你可能需要从不同仓库盘点库存。在*Odoo*中，你可利用虚拟仓库的概念配置这项功能。下面我们来看如何设置虚拟仓库。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Set up virtual warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "设置虚拟仓库"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new"
|
||
" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock "
|
||
"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the "
|
||
"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on "
|
||
"create."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"假设你有A、B两个仓库。创建一个新的虚拟仓库。它可以将A仓库的库存移至B仓库。为此，前往库存应用程序设置并启用多仓库功能。然后，进入仓库菜单并点击创建。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, "
|
||
"because you will need it later in the process."
|
||
msgstr "*储存位置*功能将自动开启，因为你在之后的流程中也将使用它。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and "
|
||
"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A"
|
||
" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two "
|
||
"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse"
|
||
" A+B."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"现在，你需要确保A仓库和B仓库的主要库存位置是A+B仓库主要库存未知的子库位。前往库位菜单，并编辑两个仓库的主库位。然后，将其父库位更改为A+B仓库的主库位。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "从虚拟仓库销售产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in"
|
||
" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. "
|
||
"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping "
|
||
"information."
|
||
msgstr "假设你有两种产品，一种储存在A仓库，另一种在B仓库。现在，你可为每种产品创建新报价。前往其他信息页面并在发货信息中选择A+B仓库。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery"
|
||
" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse"
|
||
" A and one in warehouse B."
|
||
msgstr "完成后，你可将它转换为销售订单。然后，系统将自动生成交货单，在A仓库中预留一种产品，在B仓库中预留另一种产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
|
||
"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and "
|
||
"made available to the retail channel."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*,"
|
||
" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly "
|
||
"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following"
|
||
" the configured push/pull rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "在仓库内"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, "
|
||
"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All "
|
||
"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the "
|
||
"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the "
|
||
"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. "
|
||
"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent "
|
||
"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in"
|
||
" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their "
|
||
"respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
|
||
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
|
||
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
|
||
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes"
|
||
" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered"
|
||
" to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"这是实现途径的示例。 早上，为当天需要准备的所有订单拣选物品。 这些项目是从存储位置中提取的，并移至靠近订单打包位置的提取区域。 "
|
||
"然后，将订单包装在各自的盒子中，并用输送机将它们带到装运码头附近，准备将其交付给客户。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Pull rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
|
||
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
|
||
msgstr "使用 *拉规则* ，对某些产品的需求会触发采购，而 *推规则* 是由到达特定位置的产品触发的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the "
|
||
"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are "
|
||
"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer "
|
||
"Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from "
|
||
"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer "
|
||
"between the two locations is created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
|
||
"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the "
|
||
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are "
|
||
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the"
|
||
" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going "
|
||
"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these "
|
||
"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and "
|
||
"finally the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Push rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
|
||
"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when "
|
||
"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a "
|
||
"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt "
|
||
"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be "
|
||
"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage "
|
||
"locations for different products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to"
|
||
" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them"
|
||
" to their *Storage Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have "
|
||
"already generated the product transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the "
|
||
"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For "
|
||
"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are "
|
||
"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping"
|
||
" per customer order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Use routes and rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
|
||
"manage advanced route configurations such as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:98
|
||
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Manage default locations per product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such "
|
||
"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr "通过自动生成租赁产品的退货动作，帮助进行租赁管理。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
|
||
"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes "
|
||
"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
|
||
msgstr "预配置的路线"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's "
|
||
"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The "
|
||
"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are"
|
||
" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see"
|
||
" the specific routes that Odoo generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In "
|
||
"the route form, the user can view which places the route is "
|
||
":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on "
|
||
"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company "
|
||
"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in "
|
||
"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:150
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Destination Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:159
|
||
msgid "Custom Routes"
|
||
msgstr "定制路线"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where "
|
||
"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of "
|
||
"places."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
|
||
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` of the route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to "
|
||
"be manually set on the product category form by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, "
|
||
"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
|
||
"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in "
|
||
"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be "
|
||
"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products "
|
||
"from the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen "
|
||
"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow "
|
||
"that route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or "
|
||
"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a "
|
||
"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the "
|
||
"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the "
|
||
"quotation/sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:204
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
|
||
"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be "
|
||
"manually set on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:207
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products "
|
||
"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, "
|
||
"select the :guilabel:`Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:216
|
||
msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:219
|
||
msgid "Rules"
|
||
msgstr "规则"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired"
|
||
" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` "
|
||
"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:229
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
|
||
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Action`:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a"
|
||
" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or "
|
||
"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need "
|
||
"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill "
|
||
"this need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products "
|
||
"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to "
|
||
"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the "
|
||
"destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:239
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the "
|
||
"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required "
|
||
"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
|
||
"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule "
|
||
"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products "
|
||
"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:244
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a "
|
||
"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:246
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a "
|
||
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n"
|
||
"zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:254
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This "
|
||
"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:257
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock"
|
||
" of the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:263
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to "
|
||
"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the "
|
||
"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there"
|
||
" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the "
|
||
"products to the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of "
|
||
"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate "
|
||
"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide "
|
||
"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277
|
||
msgid "Sample full route flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:279
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full"
|
||
" flow with an advanced custom route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:282
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are"
|
||
" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply "
|
||
"Methods` for each rule are the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:285
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:288
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:291
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:299
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - "
|
||
"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:307
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the "
|
||
"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another "
|
||
"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:315
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output "
|
||
"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
|
||
"output zones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:322
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
|
||
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
|
||
"required products from the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "显然，包装区要有待包装的产品。所以，需发起一次内部调货，然后员工才可以从仓库集货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
|
||
" zones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:329
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the "
|
||
"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, "
|
||
"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process"
|
||
" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, "
|
||
"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered "
|
||
"items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:334
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules"
|
||
" have been triggered and the transfers are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr "上架和下架策略"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?"
|
||
msgstr "什么是上架策略？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move "
|
||
"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo"
|
||
" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the "
|
||
"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important "
|
||
"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other "
|
||
"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules "
|
||
"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing "
|
||
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
|
||
"activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Setting up a putaway rule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, "
|
||
"products should be stored in different locations depending on several "
|
||
"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, "
|
||
"and so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with"
|
||
" the following sub-locations:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:37
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:39
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:43
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:45
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:47
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway "
|
||
"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being "
|
||
"redirected to the right storage location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or "
|
||
"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). "
|
||
"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Take the following example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be"
|
||
" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be "
|
||
"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will "
|
||
"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to "
|
||
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Some examples of putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:75
|
||
msgid "Using Storage Categories"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories "
|
||
"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the "
|
||
"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing "
|
||
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
|
||
"activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Create a Storage Category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new "
|
||
"storage category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by "
|
||
"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the "
|
||
"location is considered available to store a product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the "
|
||
"location is empty."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if "
|
||
"the same product is already there."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored "
|
||
"in this location at the same time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be "
|
||
"linked to a location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on "
|
||
"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to "
|
||
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
|
||
"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control"
|
||
" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
|
||
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
|
||
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
|
||
"the *Location*."
|
||
msgstr "当需要移动产品时，Odoo会找到可分配给转移的可用产品。Odoo分配这些产品的方式取决于*产品类别*中定义的*删除策略*或*位置*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
|
||
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
|
||
msgstr "仓库里发生了什么？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage "
|
||
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
|
||
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
|
||
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
|
||
"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the "
|
||
"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
|
||
"are stored in their respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the"
|
||
" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same "
|
||
"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the "
|
||
"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, "
|
||
"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n"
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the "
|
||
"transfer form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46
|
||
msgid "How does it work?"
|
||
msgstr "工作原理是什么?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49
|
||
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
|
||
msgstr "先进先出（FIFO）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some "
|
||
"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the "
|
||
"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those "
|
||
"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on"
|
||
" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer "
|
||
"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes "
|
||
"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because "
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from "
|
||
":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date "
|
||
"after :guilabel:`00001`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`"
|
||
" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been"
|
||
" in the stock for the longest period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
|
||
msgstr "后进先出（LIFO）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* "
|
||
"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. "
|
||
"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a "
|
||
"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those "
|
||
"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on"
|
||
" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer "
|
||
"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of "
|
||
":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First"
|
||
" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock "
|
||
"is requested."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries "
|
||
"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93
|
||
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
|
||
msgstr "先到期先出（FEFO）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the "
|
||
"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, "
|
||
"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific"
|
||
" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure "
|
||
"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following "
|
||
"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each "
|
||
"with five boxes in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the "
|
||
"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th "
|
||
"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of"
|
||
" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO "
|
||
"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for "
|
||
"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The "
|
||
"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the"
|
||
" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from "
|
||
":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot "
|
||
":guilabel:`20002`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First "
|
||
"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that "
|
||
"has the nearest expiration date from the order date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Closest Location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other "
|
||
"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse,"
|
||
" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products "
|
||
"that do not deteriorate with time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the "
|
||
"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. "
|
||
"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting "
|
||
"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the "
|
||
"alphabetic order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Use removal strategies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, "
|
||
"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
|
||
"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152
|
||
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "FIFO（先进先出）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies "
|
||
"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method"
|
||
" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and"
|
||
" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal "
|
||
"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find "
|
||
"the three lots available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains "
|
||
"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a "
|
||
"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot "
|
||
":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should "
|
||
"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` "
|
||
"strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180
|
||
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "LIFO （后进先出）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
|
||
"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is "
|
||
"mostly used for products without a shelf life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO "
|
||
"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and "
|
||
"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved"
|
||
" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned "
|
||
"in many countries!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
|
||
msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way "
|
||
"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular "
|
||
"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at "
|
||
":doc:`the related doc "
|
||
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible "
|
||
"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be "
|
||
"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can "
|
||
"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
|
||
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
|
||
msgstr "从最早到最晚，根据移动日期选择范围。未定义移动日期的范围在具有移动日期之后拾取。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
|
||
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
|
||
" picked for delivery orders!"
|
||
msgstr "其他日期仅供参考和报告之用。如果没有从库存中移动，超过到期日期的批次仍可能被选为交货订单！"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set "
|
||
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal "
|
||
"Strategy` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of "
|
||
"them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
|
||
msgstr " **次 / 序列** "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Product**"
|
||
msgstr " **** "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
|
||
msgstr " **止日** "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
msgid "0000001"
|
||
msgstr "0000001"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "Hand Cream"
|
||
msgstr "护手霜"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
msgid "09/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr "2019/09/30"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
msgid "0000002"
|
||
msgstr "0000002"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
msgid "11/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr "2019/11/30"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "0000003"
|
||
msgstr "0000003"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "10/31/2019"
|
||
msgstr "2019/10/31"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically"
|
||
" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and"
|
||
" :guilabel:`0000003`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "送货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Operations"
|
||
msgstr "发货作业"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
|
||
msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司, 实际价格和目的地。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
|
||
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
|
||
msgstr "你可以轻易的取消已经到货代系统中的货运请求。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
|
||
msgstr "如何取消发货请求？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
|
||
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
|
||
msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以选择取消发货或更改运输公司。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
|
||
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
|
||
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
|
||
"Tracking Ref**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果你点击了 **** , 发货请求就已经生成, 你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求, 只需要在 **运单** 旁边的 ****"
|
||
" 点击即可。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
|
||
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
|
||
msgstr "你会看到发货已经被取消掉。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
|
||
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
|
||
msgstr "现在你还可以变更货代。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
|
||
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
|
||
msgstr "如何在取消之后发送发货请求？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
|
||
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
|
||
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
|
||
msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以更改货代为你想要的。通过点击 **送给货** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
|
||
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
|
||
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`multipack` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "如何就运费给客户开票？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
|
||
msgstr "有两种方式给运输成本开票 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "和客户达成一个协议成本价并在销售订单中固定下来"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
|
||
msgstr "按照运输的实际成本发货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
|
||
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式` 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr "你可以手工的给运费设置价格 :可以是固定的也可以根据相关规则。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
|
||
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr "或者你可以使用货运公司的计算系统。点击文档 :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "如何就运费成本给客户开票？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "按销售订单上的价格开票"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
|
||
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr "在销售订单上，选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的 **货方** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr "当你点击 **** 销售订单或者点击 **置价** 的时候计算价格。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr "要给销售订单上的交货价格开票, 点击 **置价** , 它会在销售订单上添加一个交货方式名称的产品。价格和实际价格可能会不同。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
|
||
msgstr "当你创建开票的时候, 开票的金额会采用订单上的金额。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
|
||
msgstr "给运费的实际成本开票"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
|
||
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
|
||
msgstr "价格会在你 **** 销售订单的时候计算出来。确认销售订单并且完成发货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
|
||
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr "在确认交货单时计算实际运费，你可在发货单沟通栏查看实际费用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr "回到销售订单, 实际成本已经添加到销售订单中。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
|
||
msgstr "当你创建开票的时候, 开票金额会用货代计算的金额。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
|
||
"add a line to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr "如果你把发货单分开并且分成好几个, 每一个发货单给订单添加一行。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`labels` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
|
||
msgstr "如何打印发货标签？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
|
||
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
|
||
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
|
||
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含与第三方的货代的追踪信息集成。它可以让你管理货运公司, 运输的实际价格和目的地。最终, "
|
||
"你可以在Odoo直接打印运单上的标签。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
|
||
msgstr "安装货代公司的接口模块"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在 **** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 在 **代接** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
|
||
msgstr "配置发货方式"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
|
||
msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货方式` 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr "选定货代的发货方式已经被自动创建。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
|
||
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr "在 **** 页面, 货代供应商的名称意味着该发货单会被货代的系统处理和计算。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
|
||
msgstr "货代的配置被分成两栏 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
|
||
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr "第一个和 **的账** 链接(开发关键字, 密码, ……)。更多信息请参见货运供应商的网站。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
|
||
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
|
||
msgstr "第二栏根据 **应** 的不同而有所差别。你可以选择包材类型, 服务类型, 单位重量……"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
|
||
msgstr "一旦完成测试, 就不要勾选 **试模** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Company configuration"
|
||
msgstr "公司配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
|
||
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
|
||
msgstr "为了计算正确的价格, 供应商需要知道你的公司信息。确保地址和电话号码的信息都是正确的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
|
||
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
|
||
"data**."
|
||
msgstr "要查看你的信息, 进入 **** 应用并点选 **用设** 。点击第一个链接 **置你的公司信** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
|
||
"computation cannot be done."
|
||
msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
|
||
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr "进入 **** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
|
||
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr "产品页面上的重量的默认计量单位是千克。如果使用英制计量单位的话, 不要忘了单位之间的转换。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels ?"
|
||
msgstr "如何打印发货标签？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
|
||
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息, 但是如果你需要的话, 你可以变更货代。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
|
||
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
|
||
msgstr "如果你在库存模块下创建一个发货转移, 你可以在额外的信息页签中添加第三方货代信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **** 接收追踪号码和 **** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
|
||
msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的标签可以在下方的历史信息中找到 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
|
||
msgstr "点击打开单据并打印 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
|
||
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
|
||
msgstr "如果你在使用多包裹发货功能, 大多数情况下, 每一个包裹一个标签。每张标签都可以显示在交货历史中。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
|
||
msgstr "如何管理同一张交货单的多个包裹？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
|
||
"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
|
||
"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
|
||
msgstr "默认状况下, Odoo会认为发货单只有一个包裹构成, 但是你可以在一张发货单上配置多个包裹。它和第三方货运公司完全集成起来。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
|
||
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **** 的位置并选择 **包装上记录包材 "
|
||
":栈板, 箱子, ……** "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "一旦完成， 点击 **** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Sale process"
|
||
msgstr "销售过程"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Sale order"
|
||
msgstr "销售订单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **货方** 选择正确的一个。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "多包裹发货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it."
|
||
msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会带出发货信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
|
||
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
|
||
msgstr "在这里, 你可以把要发的货物分成不同的包"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
|
||
"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
|
||
msgstr "在 **** 栏位选择你想要放进该包裹的产品的数量, 然后点击 **进同一个包** 链接。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
|
||
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
|
||
msgstr "它会总动的创建所需数量的包裹。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
|
||
msgstr "其余的产品可以按照同样的步骤进行打包。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
|
||
msgstr "第3方货代的多包裹"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
|
||
"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
|
||
"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr "一旦交货单被确认后, 你就能收到追踪号。 **单追踪** 会被自动填好。点击货运供应商网站上的 **** 按钮可以查看你的发货单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
|
||
"underneath:"
|
||
msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的 **** 可以在下面的历史信息中找到 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Setup"
|
||
msgstr "发货设置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
|
||
msgstr "如何设置发货方法"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
|
||
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
|
||
"but also on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 但是该功能在默认设置下没有激活。交货方式可以用在销售订单上, 交货单上还可以用在电商中。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
|
||
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
|
||
"compute the real price and the packagings."
|
||
msgstr "交货方式能让你管理货代供应商的公司, 价格以及目的地。你甚至还可以集成Odoo和外部的货运公司来计算实际价格和包装"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Install the inventory module"
|
||
msgstr "安装库存模块"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
|
||
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
|
||
" order to see it :"
|
||
msgstr "交货方式是由 **货成** 模块处理的。进入 **** 并搜索该模块。搜索的时候你需要在过滤栏位移除 **** : "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
|
||
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
|
||
msgstr "如果你想把交货方式和电子商务集成, 你需要安装 **电子商务发货** 模块。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
|
||
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
|
||
msgstr "首先设置一个名称以及一个物流公司"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
|
||
msgstr "然后你必须要设置价格。它可以被修复或者基于规则。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
|
||
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
|
||
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果价格是固定的, 点选 **固定价格** 。你只需要定义一个价格。如果你想要在在达到一定数量时免运费, 点选 **如果总量大于某一点免运费** "
|
||
"并设置一个价格。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
|
||
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
|
||
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果价格根据规则而变化， 点选 **于规** 。点击 **加一个价格规则的新条** 。选择一个或者基于重量， 容积， 价格或者数量的条件。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
|
||
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
|
||
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
|
||
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"你可以把Odoo和外部的货代公司进行集成, 这样可以计算实际的价格, 包装, 以及处理打印装箱单的标签等。参照 "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Delivery process"
|
||
msgstr "交货流程"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
|
||
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"现在你可以在销售订单上选择 **货方** 。如果你想在销售订单上对运费进行开票， 点击 **置价** "
|
||
"，它就会把交货方式作为一种产品名称添加到订单行上。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "交货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
|
||
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
|
||
msgstr "你可以在发货单上添加或者变更发货方法"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
|
||
"chosen delivery method."
|
||
msgstr "在发货单上, 查看 **代信** 。货代就是发货方式。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
|
||
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "如何得到用于集成DHL到Odoo的凭证？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "若您想使用 Odoo 的 DHL API接口，您需要："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
|
||
msgstr "DHL.com 网站账号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A DHL Password"
|
||
msgstr "DHL 密码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
|
||
msgstr "DHL 账号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
|
||
"Rest of the world)"
|
||
msgstr "获取美国以外的国家和地区(英国和其他世界各国)的网站ID账号和密码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
|
||
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
|
||
msgstr "您需要联系DHL账号管理中心请求XML格式的API扩展接口。DHL售前工程师应给您相关接口凭据等信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States"
|
||
msgstr "获取美国网站ID账号和密码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
|
||
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"您需要写邮件至 xmlrequests@dhl.com 并且随附您账户的详细信息诸如账号, region区域, 地址, 等访问API 访问信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "如何和第三方货代集成？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
|
||
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和货运公司的追踪系统链接。这会让你管理货代公司, 运输价格以及目的地。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **运接** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
|
||
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
|
||
" shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"货代供应商的交货方式已经自动创建了。大多数情况下, 一些货代供应商会有 **2** 种交货方式 :一个是 **际运** , 一个是 **内运**"
|
||
" 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
|
||
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
|
||
msgstr "你还可以用其他配置给同一个供给创建其他方式, 例如 **装类** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
|
||
"will appear on your ecommerce."
|
||
msgstr "你可以更改发货方式的 **** 。该名称会显示在电商模块中。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
|
||
msgstr "如何准备使用的话， 就标记为 **以发** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
|
||
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr "在价格栏位, 选择在 **格计** 下面的的货代意味着价格是由货代系统计算出来的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
|
||
msgstr "货代配置被拆分为两列 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
|
||
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr "第一个和 **的账** 链接(开发者秘钥, 密码, ……), 更多信息参照货代的网站。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
|
||
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
|
||
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
|
||
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
|
||
"United States."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。对国内的用户很有用。例如 USPS "
|
||
"US只在美国国内运输。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
|
||
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
|
||
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr "产品页面中的重量默认的用千克表示。如果使用英制单位, 不要忘了进行转换。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
|
||
"method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr "现在你可以在销售订单选择货代。点击 **货方** 选择合适的一个。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr "在你保存订单或者点击 **置价** 的时候价格就会计算。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
|
||
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
|
||
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr "如果你想要给销售订单的运费开票, 点击 **置价** , 它就会把运输方式作为一个产品名称添加到销售订单上。可能和实际价格存在差异。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
|
||
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
|
||
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"不然, 实际价格(发货单确认的时候会计算)会自动的添加到开票中。详情请参照文档 :doc:`../operation/invoicing` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr "销售订单产生的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息。如果有需要的话, 可以更改货代信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
|
||
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
|
||
msgstr "发货重量根据产品的重量计算。一旦调拨确认后运输成本就会计算。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
|
||
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
|
||
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **** 接收追踪号码。 **运商追踪参** 字段会被自动填上。在货代的网站上点击 **** 按钮查看发货单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "如何得到用于集成UPS的证书？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "要使用Odoo UPS API, 你需要 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "一个 UPS.com 用户 ID 和密码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A UPS account number"
|
||
msgstr "一个UPS 账户号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "An Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "登陆秘钥"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the "
|
||
"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
|
||
msgstr "访问密钥是一个16个字符的字母数字代码，允许访问UPS Developer Kit API开发和生产服务器。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
|
||
msgstr "创建一个UPS账号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
|
||
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
|
||
"Service in order to to open an account."
|
||
msgstr "注意 :只有在美国本土的客户才可以在线开启UPS账户。如果你不在美国本土, 你需要和UPS客服联系取得账号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
|
||
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在UPS主页你可以得到更加详细的关于如何申请UPS账号的信息 :\n"
|
||
"<https : //www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account> `_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
|
||
"online profile by following these steps:"
|
||
msgstr "如果你还没有UPS账号, 你可以根据以下步骤创建一个在线的配置 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
|
||
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"1.访问UPS网站，网址为 `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__ ，然后单击页面顶部的 **用** 链接。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
|
||
"complete the registration process."
|
||
msgstr "2．点击 **MyUPS注** 按钮, 按照以下流程完成注册过程。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr "如果你已经有了UPS账号, 你可以把它添加在以下的在线配置中"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
|
||
"User ID and Password."
|
||
msgstr "使用UPS.com用户名和密码登录`UPS.com网站 <http://www.ups.com/>`_)。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **My UPS** 页签。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **户概** 链接。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
|
||
"Details** section of the page."
|
||
msgstr "4．在该页的 **UPS 账户详** 部分点击 **加现有的UPS账** 链接。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
|
||
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
|
||
" States.q"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"5. 在 **加新的账** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号** ， **户名** ， 以及 **** 等字段， 默认的国家是美国"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **一** 按钮继续。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Get an Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "获取访问密匙"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
|
||
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
|
||
msgstr "在添加了UPS 账户号码到你的用户属性中之后, 你将可以从UPS得到登陆秘钥 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
msgstr "前往`UPS开发工具包网页 <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "用你的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.COM"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **求访问密** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Verify your contact information"
|
||
msgstr "验证联系信息"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **求访问密** 按钮。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
|
||
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
|
||
"contact."
|
||
msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **问密** , 同时带有访问的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "制造"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps you schedule, plan and process manufacturing "
|
||
"orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the shop floor to"
|
||
" control all your work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger "
|
||
"maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Odoo制造 "
|
||
"**助您安排、计划和处理制造订单。使用工作中心控制面板，将平板电脑放在车间，实时控制您的所有工作订单，并允许工人触发维护操作、反馈回路、质量问题等。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
|
||
msgstr "`Odoo教程：MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Management"
|
||
msgstr "制造管理"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Alternative Work Centers"
|
||
msgstr "替代工作中心"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturing several different products simultaneously at the same work "
|
||
"center is a common issue for manufacturing companies. Although in practice, "
|
||
"employees can manufacture the goods at another work center instead of "
|
||
"waiting for one to be available, it's not always simple to have visibility "
|
||
"on which work center is busy and plan resources accordingly in real-time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在同一工作中心同时制造多个不同的产品是制造公司的常见情况。虽然在实践中，员工可以在另一个工作中心制造货物，而不是等待一个工作中心可用，但要了解哪个工作中心繁忙并实时相应地计划资源并不总是那么简单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can configure alternative work centers to solve this issue. "
|
||
"This automatically checks which work center is busy and which equivalent "
|
||
"ones are free, and schedules orders and maintenance accordingly."
|
||
msgstr "使用Odoo，您可以配置替代工作中心来解决此问题。这会自动检查哪个工作中心繁忙，哪个等效工作中心空闲，并相应地安排订单和维护。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This way, your process becomes more efficient, as work center utilisation is"
|
||
" optimised."
|
||
msgstr "这样，随着工作中心利用率的优化，您的流程变得更加高效。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Configure your Work Centers"
|
||
msgstr "配置你的工作中心"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature and hit "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Work order settings ticked in Odoo Manufacturing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers` and create two "
|
||
"new work centers. Add the second work center as an alternative to the first "
|
||
"one and vice versa."
|
||
msgstr "现在，转到：菜单选择：`配置-->工作中心`并创建两个新的工作中心。添加第二个工作中心作为第一个工作中心的替代方案，反之亦然。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Create a secondary work center as an alternate to the first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills of Materials`, choose your "
|
||
"product, and add these work centers to the operations of your :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Add work centers to Bill of Materials operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Create your Work Orders"
|
||
msgstr "创建工单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and hit "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. There, add your product to your manufacturing order and "
|
||
"plan it. You can then retrieve them from the :guilabel:`Work Orders` list "
|
||
"view, under :menuselection:`Operations > Work Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first "
|
||
"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured, as "
|
||
"shown below."
|
||
msgstr "每个新的*工单*（将在第一个工单结束之前创建）将安排在您配置的替代工作中心，如下所示。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Work order creation and scheduling."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you"
|
||
" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the"
|
||
" usual one is free."
|
||
msgstr "请记住，如果在生产开始后向工作中心增加时间，即使常用的工作中心空闲，工单也可能会安排到替代工作中心。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a bill of materials"
|
||
msgstr "创建物料清单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the "
|
||
"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. "
|
||
"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines "
|
||
"needed to complete a production process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be "
|
||
"linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own "
|
||
"tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the "
|
||
"manufacturing process and save time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Set up a bill of baterials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations"
|
||
" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely "
|
||
"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills "
|
||
"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the "
|
||
"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`"
|
||
" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`"
|
||
" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final "
|
||
"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created "
|
||
"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created "
|
||
"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> "
|
||
"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product "
|
||
"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, "
|
||
"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per "
|
||
"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and "
|
||
"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply "
|
||
"on Variants` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Set up operations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify"
|
||
" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use"
|
||
" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new "
|
||
"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a "
|
||
"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like "
|
||
"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that "
|
||
"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a"
|
||
" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing "
|
||
"Operations` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in "
|
||
"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike "
|
||
"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill "
|
||
"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which "
|
||
"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in "
|
||
"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use kits"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *kit* is a set of unassembled components. Kits may be sold as products, "
|
||
"but are also useful tools for managing more complex bills of materials "
|
||
"(BoMs). To use kits, the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and :guilabel:`Inventory`"
|
||
" applications need to be installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Create the kit as a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use a kit as a sellable product or simply as a component organization "
|
||
"tool, the kit should first be created as a product. To create a kit product,"
|
||
" go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Storable Product`: this"
|
||
" allows for management of kit inventory. The :guilabel:`Route` designation "
|
||
"under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter, since Odoo uses the "
|
||
"routes of the kit's components for replenishment purposes. All other "
|
||
"parameters for the kit product may be modified according to preference. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The kit's components must also be configured as products via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> Products`. These"
|
||
" components require no specific configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Set up the kit BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, create a "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the kit product. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and then"
|
||
" click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Product` field to the "
|
||
"previously configured kit product. Then, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Kit`. Finally, add each component and specify its quantity. Make "
|
||
"sure to :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components "
|
||
"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring "
|
||
"manufacturing operations is not necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the "
|
||
"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of "
|
||
"the kit is listed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Kits are also used to manage *multilevel* :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
" These are products that contain other products as components and therefore "
|
||
"require nested :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`. Incorporating pre-"
|
||
"configured kits into multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` allows for"
|
||
" cleaner organization of bundled products. Under :guilabel:`Components`, "
|
||
"list a kit as a component in a higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (Bills of "
|
||
"Material)` to eliminate the need to add the kit's parts individually. Any "
|
||
":guilabel:`BoM Type` can be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access a comprehensive overview of the multilevel :abbr:`BoM's (Bill of "
|
||
"Material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart "
|
||
"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be expanded and "
|
||
"viewed from this report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multilevel "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to "
|
||
"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
|
||
"Materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or "
|
||
"sale. To manage multilevel products that require manufactured subcomponents,"
|
||
" refer to :doc:`this documentation <sub_assemblies>` on sub-assemblies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of "
|
||
"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants "
|
||
"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Activate product variants"
|
||
msgstr "激活产品变体"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the"
|
||
" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to "
|
||
":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants"
|
||
msgstr "应用BOM 组件至产品变体"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign "
|
||
"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately "
|
||
"visible, activate it from the additional options menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rstNone
|
||
msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no "
|
||
"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same "
|
||
"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown"
|
||
" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one "
|
||
"product variant."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Applying components to multiple variants."
|
||
msgstr "应用组件到多个变体。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr "质量管理"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the "
|
||
"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your "
|
||
"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module."
|
||
msgstr "无论你是想控制你的生产质量，还是你的分包商的生产，在注册产品到你的库存之前，你可以依靠Odoo的质量模块。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality "
|
||
"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To "
|
||
"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control "
|
||
"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific "
|
||
"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as "
|
||
"well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"为了控制生产质量，您需要在制造操作类型上设置一个*质量控制点*，如下所示。要创建它，请转至：菜单选择：`质量-->质量控制-->控制点`，然后单击 "
|
||
"**** 。如果该检查仅适用于特定产品或产品类别，您也可以在设置过程中指定这些产品或类别。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the "
|
||
"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation "
|
||
"type. For the rest, the same principles apply."
|
||
msgstr "对于分包产品的接收，您需要选择“收据”操作类型，而不是“制造操作类型”。对于其他的，同样的原则也适用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished "
|
||
"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can"
|
||
" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points "
|
||
"can be set up for the same Operation Type."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"这样，每次制造和/或接收成品时，都会自动创建质量检查。请注意，可以从下拉列表中选择几种质量检查*类型*。另请注意，可以为同一操作类型设置多个质量检查点。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
|
||
msgstr "管理半成品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo MRP, you can use semi-finished products to simplify a complex "
|
||
"*Bill of Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately."
|
||
" A *semi-finished product* is a manufactured product that is used as a "
|
||
"component in a Bill of Material."
|
||
msgstr "使用Odoo MRP，您可以使用半成品简化复杂的物料清单，或更准确地表示您的制造流程。*半成品*是用作物料清单中组件的制成品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *BoM* that employs *semi-finished products* is referred to as a multi-"
|
||
"level BoM, where we distinguish between the *top level Product* and the "
|
||
"*sub-assemblies*."
|
||
msgstr "使用*半成品*的*BoM*被称为多级BoM，我们在其中区分*顶级产品*和*子组件*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Configure a Multi Level BoM"
|
||
msgstr "配置多级BoM表"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need the top-level product and "
|
||
"its sub-assemblies. Therefore, you must first create the sub-assembly "
|
||
"products and their respective Bill of Materials. Please refer to "
|
||
":doc:`bill_configuration` for more details on how to create a BOM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"要配置*多级BoM表*，您需要顶级产品及其子组件。因此，必须首先创建子部件产品及其各自的BOM表。有关如何创建BOM的更多详细信息，请参阅：:doc:`bill_configuration`。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Configure the Main BoM"
|
||
msgstr "配置主物料清单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then on the final product form, simply add your semi-finished products to "
|
||
"the Bill of Material."
|
||
msgstr "然后在最终产品表单上，只需将半成品添加到物料清单中。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Manage your production planning"
|
||
msgstr "管理生产计划"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are several methods to manage the triggering of the various "
|
||
"manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr "有几种方法可以管理各种生产订单的触发。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If every time a manufacturing order is confirmed for the main product, you'd"
|
||
" like one for the semi-finished products as well, you have two options:"
|
||
msgstr "如果每次确认主要产品的生产订单时，你也想要一个半成品订单，你有两种选择:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Option 1 : Create re-ordering rules for the semi-finished products, with "
|
||
"both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities at 0."
|
||
msgstr "选项1：为半成品创建重新订购规则，最小和最大预期库存量均为0。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Option 2 : Use the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the semi-finished "
|
||
"product, as well as the manufacturing one."
|
||
msgstr "选项2：在半成品和制造产品上使用按订单补充（MTO）路线。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that Option 1 is usually recommended over Option 2 as it is more "
|
||
"flexible. The MTO route creates a unique link between the semi-finished and "
|
||
"the top level product, whereas the re-ordering rule allows you to simply "
|
||
"unreserve that production from the top level product production and redirect"
|
||
" it to another, more pressing demand, for example."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"注意，方案1通常优于方案2，因为它更灵活。MTO路线在半成品和顶级产品之间创建了一个独特的链接，而重新订购规则允许您简单地从顶级产品生产中取消该生产，并将其重定向到另一个更紧迫的需求，例如。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In any case, as soon as the semi-finished product is produced, it will "
|
||
"become available in the manufacturing order of the final product, as shown "
|
||
"below."
|
||
msgstr "在任何情况下，一旦生产出半成品，它将在最终产品的制造订单中可用，如下所示。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "外包制造"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not "
|
||
"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:"
|
||
msgstr "将公司的部分或全部生产需求外包并不容易。要使其正常工作，您必须："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor"
|
||
msgstr "管理分包商的原材料库存"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time"
|
||
msgstr "在正确的时间将原材料运送给分包商"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Control incoming goods quality"
|
||
msgstr "控制进货质量"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Control subcontractors bills"
|
||
msgstr "控制分包商账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
|
||
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
|
||
msgstr "这是转包制造“C”的例子，它是用原材料“A”和“B”生产的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
|
||
msgstr "通过其MRP分包功能，Odoo可以帮助您轻松处理此流程。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr "要使用转包功能，请转到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置并勾选 *转包* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
|
||
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr "要定义一个产品是否必须分包，使用类型 *分包* 的 *物料清单(BoM)* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> "
|
||
"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
|
||
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
|
||
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
|
||
"directly from the subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"要创建新的*BoM*，请转至：菜单选择：`制造-->产品-->BoM表`，然后点击创建。然后，列出分包商制造产品所需的组件。出于成本核算目的，您可能希望注册所有组件，甚至是直接从分包商处采购的组件。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
|
||
" subcontractors."
|
||
msgstr "将 *BoM类型* 设置为 *转包* 后，指定一个或多个转包商。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
|
||
msgstr "基本分包流程"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
|
||
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a "
|
||
"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
|
||
"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"为了让您的分包商知道您需要多少产品，请创建并向他们发送采购订单（PO）。要执行此操作，请转到*采购*应用程序并创建新的采购订单。确保将采购订单发送给这些产品的*BoM*上定义为分包商的供应商。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
|
||
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
|
||
"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:"
|
||
msgstr "一旦*采购订单*被验证（1），就会创建一个待处理的收据。收到产品后，用实际收到的数量验证收据（2）。因此，Odoo为你做了以下事情："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on"
|
||
" the *BoM* and your input (3);"
|
||
msgstr "根据*BoM*和您的输入（3），在分包商的位置消耗相应的组件；"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
|
||
msgstr "在分包商位置（4）生产成品；"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the "
|
||
"validated receipt (5)."
|
||
msgstr "通过已验证的收据（5），将产品从该分包商的位置移动到您的公司。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
|
||
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the "
|
||
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
|
||
"materials used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"*采购订单*是可选的。如果您使用正确的分包商手动创建收据，则Odoo仍会执行所有移动。如果分包商没有为每个项目支付固定价格，而是为所用的时间和材料支付费用，则这可能很有用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr "库存计价"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81
|
||
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
|
||
msgstr "制成品“C”的成本定义为:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83
|
||
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
msgstr "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
|
||
msgid "With:"
|
||
msgstr "与："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
|
||
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
|
||
msgstr "**A** :来自贵公司的原材料成本;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
|
||
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
|
||
msgstr "**B** :直接从采购的原材料成本"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
|
||
msgid "subcontractor;"
|
||
msgstr "分包商;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92
|
||
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
|
||
msgstr "**s** :分包服务的成本。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
|
||
"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your "
|
||
"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal "
|
||
"Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"将原材料发送给您的分包商（**A**）不会影响库存估值，因为组件仍然作为您库存的一部分进行估值。这是通过将“分包位置”设置为“内部位置”来管理的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
|
||
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
|
||
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
|
||
" accounting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"然后，在产品C表格上设置的卖方价格必须是分包商为其零件和服务时间所必须支付的价格： ** B + s ** 。 产品成本必须为：**A + B + "
|
||
"s** ，该产品在会计中的价值。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the "
|
||
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
|
||
msgstr "最后，分包商账单与采购订单匹配，建议价格来自成品C。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
|
||
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
|
||
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr "如果不需要在你的分包商所在地管理原材料的补充，只需在分包商的价格中包括 **B** 的成本，并将产品从 *BoM* 中删除。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Traceability"
|
||
msgstr "追溯"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked "
|
||
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
|
||
"receipt."
|
||
msgstr "如果从分包商处收到的产品包含跟踪部件，则需要在接收过程中指定其序列号或批号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record "
|
||
"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the "
|
||
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
|
||
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在这种情况下，在收到分包产品时，会出现一个*记录组件*按钮。单击它打开一个对话框，并记录部件的序列号/批号。如果还跟踪了成品，则其序列号/批号也可以在此处注册。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
|
||
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
|
||
msgstr "出于审计目的，可以使用成品右侧的图标检查收据上记录的批号:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the "
|
||
"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option "
|
||
"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more "
|
||
"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when "
|
||
"receiving your final product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"另请注意，如果已在非跟踪产品的分包BOM上选择了灵活消耗，则如果您希望在接收最终产品时在分包位置登记更多或更少的组件消耗，则记录组件选项也将可选地出现在每个移动行上。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can "
|
||
"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move "
|
||
"line hamburger menus."
|
||
msgstr "正如你所看到的，这两种非追溯产品的接收可以通过选择“设置数量”选项或通过移动线汉堡菜单来执行"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149
|
||
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
|
||
msgstr "分包商的自动化补货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your "
|
||
"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends "
|
||
"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. "
|
||
"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their "
|
||
"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the "
|
||
"subcontracting location, for raw material."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在购买最终产品时，有两种方法可以自动向分包商供应原材料。选择的方法取决于您是否希望物料通过仓库运输。这两种方法都被描述为拉动式机制，因为它们的触发器是分包商的初始采购订单，这在分包地点产生了对原材料的需求。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own "
|
||
"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as "
|
||
"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy "
|
||
"route should also be activated."
|
||
msgstr "如果您从自己的仓库向分包商供应原材料，则必须激活“按订单再供应分包商”路线，如下所示。如果这是您从供应商处购买的组件，则还应激活购买路线。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you "
|
||
"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order "
|
||
"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate "
|
||
"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, "
|
||
"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that "
|
||
"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"现在，如果您希望您的供应商直接为您的分包商补货，您必须选择“Dropship Subcontractor on "
|
||
"Order”选项。为了使此选项在产品表单上处于活动状态，您必须首先从 :menuselection:“Purchase --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Dropshipping”激活 dropship "
|
||
"选项。验证分包商的采购订单后，此路线将创建从您的供应商到该分包商的托运 RFQ。然后，您只需要查看并验证它。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route "
|
||
"is a buy route already."
|
||
msgstr "请注意，在这种情况下不选择购买路线，因为运输路线已经是购买路线。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your "
|
||
"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage "
|
||
"locations`."
|
||
msgstr "最后，如果要跟踪分包地点的这些原材料库存，则必须激活*多位置*:菜单选择:`库存->配置->设置->库存位置`。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189
|
||
msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock."
|
||
msgstr "从位置表单中，您就可以访问当前的库存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198
|
||
msgid "Manual Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "手动补给"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200
|
||
msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually."
|
||
msgstr "您也可以选择手动补充分包商。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own "
|
||
"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the "
|
||
"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor "
|
||
"you are delivering to."
|
||
msgstr "如果您想在方便时将组件发送给您的分包商，请从 *库存* 应用中选择“再供应分包商”操作类型，然后创建一个拣货，指定您要交付给哪个分包商。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your "
|
||
"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as"
|
||
" the delivery address."
|
||
msgstr "或者，您还可以手动要求您的供应商通过创建直销型PO来补给您的分包商，并将您的分包商设置为交货地址。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
|
||
msgstr "使用主生产排程"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
|
||
"production based on your demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr "主生产排程(MPS)是根据你的需求预测计划生产的有用工具。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
|
||
msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用主生产排程功能，然后点击保存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
|
||
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times."
|
||
msgstr "在MPS设置中，您可以定义MPS的时间范围（月/周/天）以及您随时要显示的时段数。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
|
||
"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the"
|
||
" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum "
|
||
"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"现在，转到：菜单选择:`计划->主生产计划`，然后点击*添加产品*。您现在可以定义您的安全库存目标（=在此期间结束时您想要拥有的库存）以及每个期间必须或可以补充的最小和最大数量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display "
|
||
"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which"
|
||
" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available"
|
||
" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan "
|
||
"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide "
|
||
"to hide rows if you like."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在MPS视图中，您可以通过单击*行*来决定要显示哪些信息。例如，*实际需求*将显示您在此期间已经订购了多少产品，或者*可以承诺*，在同一时期仍然可以销售的产品（您计划补充的产品-"
|
||
"已经销售的产品在此期间）。如果你喜欢，你也可以决定隐藏行。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "估计需求并发起补货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done "
|
||
"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the "
|
||
"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand "
|
||
"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its "
|
||
"components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"下一步是估计所选时期的需求。这是在*预测需求*行中完成的。您可以随时轻松地将需求预测与实际需求（=确认销售额）进行比较。成品的需求预测将影响其组件的间接需求。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the "
|
||
"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are"
|
||
" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or "
|
||
"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the"
|
||
" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"一旦确定了预测需求，将自动计算不同时期的补充数量。您应该根据交货时间（供应商交货时间或制造交货时间）启动的补充信息然后以绿色显示。您现在可以点击补充按钮启动补充。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
|
||
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
|
||
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
|
||
msgstr "根据产品的配置（采购或制造），系统将创建报价请求或制造订单。只需点击*实际补货*单元格，即可轻松访问这些信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small "
|
||
"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go "
|
||
"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the "
|
||
"cross."
|
||
msgstr "如果您手动编辑*建议补货*数量，单元格左侧会出现一个小十字。如果您想回到Odoo给出的自动计算值，只需单击交叉点。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Cells color signification"
|
||
msgstr "单元格颜色的含义"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take "
|
||
"different colors depending on the situation:"
|
||
msgstr "作为*建议补充*线的一部分的单元格可以根据情况采取不同的颜色："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
|
||
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
|
||
"demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：考虑到需求预测和间接需求预测，为达到预期安全库存量需要补货的产品数量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"still matches current data."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量仍匹配当前数据。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"was too high considering current data."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过高。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
|
||
" was too low considering current data."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过低。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
|
||
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
|
||
msgstr "*已预测库存*行也可包含红色单元格，意思是该周期内的库存将为负值。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82
|
||
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr "如果我低估了需求怎么办？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
|
||
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
|
||
"replenishment."
|
||
msgstr "你仍可增加需求预测。它将影响补货数量。单元格将变为橙色，你可发起新补货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89
|
||
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr "如果我高估了需求怎么办？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
|
||
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
|
||
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
|
||
msgstr "你可减少需求预测。单元格将变为红色，表明你订购的数量超过了计划数量。如果允许，你可手动取消一些询价单或制造订单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96
|
||
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
|
||
msgstr "如果我在MPS中错误添加了产品怎么办？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
|
||
"the right of its name."
|
||
msgstr "你可点击产品名称右侧的小垃圾箱，即可从MPS中删除该产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "采购"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, "
|
||
"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate "
|
||
"replenishments and follow up on your orders."
|
||
msgstr "**Odoo采购 **助您跟踪采购协议，报价和采购订单。学习如何跟踪购买投标，自动补充并跟进您的订单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
|
||
msgstr "`Odoo 教程: 采购 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||
msgstr "高级"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
|
||
msgstr "分析你的采购情况"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
|
||
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
|
||
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
|
||
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
|
||
"negotiate discounts on prices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果您的公司经常采购产品，您有几个理由来跟踪和分析您的绩效。收集到的见解可以帮助您更好地预测和计划未来的订单。例如，您可以评估您的业务是否依赖于特定供应商，并且数据可以帮助您就价格折扣进行谈判。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Generate customized reports"
|
||
msgstr "生成自定义报告"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
|
||
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
|
||
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
|
||
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
|
||
" key metrics and a pivot table."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"转到*报告*访问采购分析。只需访问报告仪表板，您就可以快速了解实际性能。默认情况下，报告仪表板显示一个折线图，显示每天采购订单的未征税数量，下面是关键指标和枢轴表。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
|
||
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
|
||
msgstr "虽然最初提供的数据很有用，但您可以使用多种工具和功能来获取有关采购的更多见解。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
|
||
msgstr "使用过滤器选择所需的数据"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
|
||
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
|
||
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
|
||
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
|
||
"filters are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo提供了几个默认过滤器，您可以通过单击*过滤器*来使用和组合。当您选择一个或多个过滤器时，Odoo会查找与您选择的至少一个过滤器匹配的所有订单，并使用数据填充图表，关键指标和枢轴表。预先配置的过滤器是："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
|
||
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
|
||
msgstr "全部*询价单*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
|
||
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
|
||
msgstr "所有*采购订单*，取消的除外"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
|
||
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
|
||
msgstr "*去年确认日期*包括去年确认的所有订单，包括已取消的采购订单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
|
||
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
|
||
msgstr "*订单日期*包括所有订单-报价和购买订单请求（包括已取消的订单）-取决于创建日期"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
|
||
"depending on their date of confirmation"
|
||
msgstr "*确认日期*包括所有已确认的订单，包括已取消的订单，具体取决于确认日期"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
|
||
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
|
||
msgstr "当您必须选择一个时段时，您可以使用多年，并且至少选择一年，多个季度和最近三个月。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
|
||
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
|
||
" filtered with the previous one."
|
||
msgstr "如果您使用*订单日期*或*确认日期*过滤器，*比较*功能显示在*过滤器*旁边。它使您能够比较您过滤的时间段与前一个时间段。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Add custom filters"
|
||
msgstr "添加自定义过滤器"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
|
||
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
|
||
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
|
||
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
|
||
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
|
||
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
|
||
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
|
||
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"由于有 31 种筛选选项可供选择，您自定义数据集的可能性几乎是无限的。转到:menuselection:“Filters --> Add Custom "
|
||
"Filter”，指定筛选选项应满足的条件（例如*等于*、*包含*等），然后单击*应用*。如果您想选择同时匹配多个条件的订单（*and* "
|
||
"运算符），请重复该过程以添加另一个自定义过滤器。如果您想使用 *or* 运算符，请不要单击 *应用*，而是单击 *Add a "
|
||
"condition*。添加所有所需的筛选选项后，单击*应用*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
|
||
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
|
||
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
|
||
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"为避免每次都必须重新创建自定义过滤器，请单击以下选项保存它们：菜单选择:`收藏->保存当前搜索->保存`。然后，可以通过单击*文件夹*访问自定义的搜索过滤器，甚至可以在打开报告仪表板时将其设置为默认过滤器。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
|
||
msgstr "准确衡量你需要什么"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
|
||
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
|
||
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
|
||
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
|
||
"the top right of the dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在选择要测量的内容之前，您需要决定是更喜欢使用图表视图还是数据透视视图。默认情况下，仪表板显示两个视图。但是，您选择的度量不会应用于这两个视图。您可以通过单击仪表板右上角的图标来单独访问每个视图。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
|
||
msgid "Visualize your data"
|
||
msgstr "可视化数据"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
|
||
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
|
||
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
|
||
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"通过选择三个图表中的一个，只需单击即可变换主图形：条形图、直线图或饼图。有十四种不同的测量方法可用，但一次只能使用一种。但是，您可以使用19个*组*中的一个或多个*组*对度量值进行分组。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
|
||
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
|
||
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
|
||
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
|
||
"displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"对于条形图和折线图，选定的度量值是y轴，您选择的第一个组用于创建x轴。添加更多组会添加其他线条（折线图）或将条形图转换为堆叠条形图。对于饼图，选择的组越多，显示的切片越多。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Explore your data"
|
||
msgstr "浏览您的数据"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
|
||
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
|
||
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
|
||
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
|
||
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
|
||
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
|
||
" so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"透视表视图使您能够非常详细地研究数据。与图形视图不同，透视表允许您同时添加几个度量。通过单击*Measures*或*Total*列中的**+**符号，您可以添加任意数量的措施，每个措施分配到一个新列。通过点击*Total*行中的**+**符号，您可以添加*Groups*。如果您单击一个组的**+**符号，您可以添加子组，等等。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
|
||
"export it as an Excel file."
|
||
msgstr "您可以在电子表格应用程序中直接插入透视表的数据，或将其导出为Excel文件。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manage deals"
|
||
msgstr "管理交易"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders"
|
||
msgstr "采购协议：一揽子订单和招标"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: "
|
||
"blanket orders and call for tenders."
|
||
msgstr "在Odoo中预配置了两种主要的采购协议：一揽子订单和招标。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to "
|
||
"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your "
|
||
"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same "
|
||
"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different "
|
||
"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process "
|
||
"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"一揽子订单是公司和供应商之间的长期协议，以预定价格定期交付产品。当您经常从同一供应商处购买不同数量和/或不同时间的相同产品时，您的公司应该考虑使用它们。在它们的诸多优点中，您可以通过简化订购过程节省时间，并通过更有利的批量定价节省资金。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple "
|
||
"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often "
|
||
"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods "
|
||
"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal "
|
||
"among several vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"招标使用特殊程序同时向多个供应商请求报价。虽然公共部门组织在购买商品或服务时通常在法律上有义务发出招标，但私营组织也可以利用它们在几个供应商中获得最佳交易。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Enable purchase agreements"
|
||
msgstr "启用采购协议"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate *Purchase Agreements*."
|
||
msgstr "从采购进入：菜单选择：`配置-->设置`并激活*购买协议*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Enable purchase agreements in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements"
|
||
msgstr "配置或创建新类型的采购协议"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured "
|
||
"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase "
|
||
"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls "
|
||
"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure "
|
||
"the:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在开始使用采购协议之前，请确保按照您想要的方式对其进行配置，方法是：菜单选择：`配置-->采购协议类型`。从那里，你可以编辑一揽子订单和招标的方式，或者*创建*一种新型的采购协议。您可以配置："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement."
|
||
msgstr "协议类型：要为协议指定的名称。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using "
|
||
"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both"
|
||
" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only "
|
||
"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where "
|
||
"you only want to select a single vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"协议选择类型：您可以使用*选择多个询价单（非排他性）*选择多个报价，这是一揽子订单和招标的默认设置，也可以使用*选择一个询价单（独家）*选择单个报价，在您只想选择单个供应商的招标中，有时需要此选项。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, "
|
||
"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your"
|
||
" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines "
|
||
"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-"
|
||
"filled in with that information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"行：通常，您总是希望选择*使用协议行*，这是您在设置采购协议时可以配置的不同产品线。但是，如果您不希望在报价请求中预先填写该信息，您可以选择*不自动创建"
|
||
" RfQ 行*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify "
|
||
"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new "
|
||
"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set "
|
||
"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities"
|
||
" of agreement*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"数量：如果您使用协议行，您还可以单独指定是否应使用产品数量来预先填写新的报价请求。一揽子订单的默认选项是*手动设置数量*，而招标设置为*使用协议数量*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Configure purchase agreements types in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Set up a blanket order"
|
||
msgstr "建立一揽子订单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
|
||
" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. "
|
||
"The other fields aren't mandatory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"转到 :menuselection:“Orders --> Purchase Agreements” 并单击 "
|
||
"*Create*。选择*一揽子订单*作为您的*协议类型*。接下来，选择供应商。其他字段不是强制性的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can "
|
||
"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with"
|
||
" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If "
|
||
"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is"
|
||
" only used for informational purposes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"接下来，添加您想要订购的产品及其价格。请注意，您还可以为每个产品添加*数量*，例如，如果您已与供应商约定每次或总共订购特定的最小数量。如果您已将一揽子订单配置为*手动设置数量*，则这仅用于提供信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Set up a blanket order in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
|
||
"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on "
|
||
"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready "
|
||
"to be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"您还可以在协议底部写下任何*期限和条件*。一旦您对一揽子订单感到满意，请单击 *Confirm*。然后它的状态从 *Draft* 变为 "
|
||
"*Ongoing* 并且可以使用了。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order"
|
||
msgstr "从一揽子订单中创建报价请求"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need "
|
||
"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for "
|
||
"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket"
|
||
" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, "
|
||
"product lines can also be pre-filled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"现在，您可以在需要时通过单击*新报价*，从一揽子订单中创建新报价。Odoo会自动使用您设置一揽子订单时最初定义的信息填写报价请求。根据您配置*采购协议类型*的方式，还可以预填充产品线。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under "
|
||
"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*."
|
||
msgstr "从这里，您可以通过单击*询价单/订单*快速查看该一揽子订单下的所有报价请求。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Create new quotations for an ongoing blanket order in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it"
|
||
" to an existing *Blanket Order*."
|
||
msgstr "你也可以用通常的方式创建一个*询价单*，然后将其链接到现有的*一揽子订单*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "一揽子订单和补货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment "
|
||
"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed,"
|
||
" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is"
|
||
" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"一揽子订单可用于:doc:`自动补货 "
|
||
"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`，因为一旦确认一揽子订单，就会向产品中添加新的供应商行。如果有多个供应商链接到您的产品，请确保相关供应商位于第一位。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Blanket order added to product configuration in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Set up a call for tenders"
|
||
msgstr "设置招标"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
|
||
" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't"
|
||
" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an "
|
||
"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for "
|
||
"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"转到 :menuselection:“Orders --> Purchase Agreements” 并单击 "
|
||
"*Create*。选择*招标*作为您的*协议类型*。其他字段不是强制性的，但您可以添加要交付的日期并设置协议截止日期。您通常不想选择一个供应商进行招标，因为您希望从多个供应商处获得报价。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for"
|
||
" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you "
|
||
"their best quote."
|
||
msgstr "接下来，添加您要订购的产品和数量。对于招标，您通常不会添加价格，因为供应商应该给您他们最好的报价。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
|
||
"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*."
|
||
msgstr "你也可以在协议底部写下任何期限和条件。准备好后，单击*确认*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Set up a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders"
|
||
msgstr "请求招标报价"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New "
|
||
"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for"
|
||
" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you "
|
||
"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send "
|
||
"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process "
|
||
"for each vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"您现在可以从招标中请求新的报价。点击*新报价*并选择您想要邀请参加招标的供应商之一。产品线也应预先填写，具体取决于您如何配置*采购协议类型*。单击*通过电子邮件发送*将其发送给供应商。返回招标，对每个供应商重复此过程。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Request a quotation from a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving "
|
||
"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, "
|
||
"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"向每个供应商发送报价请求并收到他们的报价后，单击 *Validate* 继续进行投标选择。 接下来，单击 RFQs/Orders "
|
||
"智能按钮以查看所有供应商的报价。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Validate a call for tenders and view all quotations in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your "
|
||
"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and "
|
||
"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. "
|
||
"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"单击每个报价请求以手动添加供应商传达的价格。完成后，选择最有利的报价并单击 *Confirm "
|
||
"Order*。这会自动关闭招标。您现在可以像处理普通订单一样处理采购订单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Confirm an order in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid"
|
||
msgstr "控制并知道何时应支付供应商账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each "
|
||
"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: "
|
||
"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check "
|
||
"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"使用Odoo，您可以定义如何控制供应商账单。对于每个采购订单，您可以决定何时支付相关的供应商账单：在收到产品之前或之后。您还可以一目了然地查看每个采购订单的账单状态。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on "
|
||
"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know"
|
||
" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or "
|
||
"fraudulent vendor bills."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"通过三方匹配功能，Odoo可以比较*采购订单*、*供应商账单*和*收据*上显示的信息，并告诉您是否应该付款。这样可以避免支付不正确或欺诈性的供应商账单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Vendor bills default control policy"
|
||
msgstr "供应商账单默认控制策略"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control "
|
||
"policy for all the products created onwards."
|
||
msgstr "首先，打开您的购买应用程序，进入：菜单选择：`配置-->设置`，为以后创建的所有产品设置默认账单控制策略。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Vendor bills default control setting for new products in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon "
|
||
"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are "
|
||
"used to generate the draft bill."
|
||
msgstr "通过选择*按订购数量*，您可以在确认订单后立即创建供应商账单。采购订单中提及的数量用于生成账单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once"
|
||
" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The "
|
||
"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try"
|
||
" to create one without having received any product, you get an error "
|
||
"message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果您选择*收到的数量*，您只能在至少收到您订购的部分产品后创建一个。您收到的数量用于生成账单数量清单草稿。如果您在没有收到任何产品的情况下尝试创建一个，则会收到一条错误消息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
|
||
msgid "No invoiceable line error message in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Change a specific product's control policy"
|
||
msgstr "更改特定产品的控制策略"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to "
|
||
"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control "
|
||
"policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果要修改特定产品的控制策略，请转到:menuselection:“Products --> Products”，打开它，单击*Edit* "
|
||
"并转到*Purchase tab*。您可以在此处更改产品的默认账单控制策略。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47
|
||
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
|
||
msgstr "查看采购订单的帐单状态"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the"
|
||
" *Other Information* tab."
|
||
msgstr "确认订单后，您可以通过*其他信息*选项卡查看其*账单状态*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Purchase order billing status in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they "
|
||
"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy."
|
||
msgstr "下面你可以找到不同的*账单状态*的列表，以及它们显示的时间，取决于产品的账单控制策略。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
|
||
msgid "**Billing status**"
|
||
msgstr " **单状** "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
|
||
msgid "**Conditions**"
|
||
msgstr " **** "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
|
||
msgid "*On received quantities*"
|
||
msgstr "*收到的数量*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
|
||
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
|
||
msgstr "*订购的数量*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||
msgid "*Nothing to Bill*"
|
||
msgstr "*无需开单*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
|
||
msgstr "采购订单已确认；未收到任何产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||
msgid "*(Not applicable)*"
|
||
msgstr "*（不适用）*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||
msgid "*Waiting Bills*"
|
||
msgstr "*等待开单*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
|
||
msgstr "收到的所有/部分产品；未创建票据"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed"
|
||
msgstr "订单已确认"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||
msgid "*Fully Billed*"
|
||
msgstr "*全额账单*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr "收到的所有/部分产品；已创建账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr "已创建账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr "确定何时使用三方匹配付款"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way"
|
||
" matching*."
|
||
msgstr "首先，转到：菜单选择：`配置-->设置`并激活*3方匹配*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
|
||
msgid "3-way-matching setting in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On "
|
||
"received quantities*."
|
||
msgstr "三方匹配旨在将*收货数量*上的账单控制策略设置。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84
|
||
msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?"
|
||
msgstr "我应该支付此供应商账单吗？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be "
|
||
"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab."
|
||
msgstr "激活该功能后，您的供应商账单现在显示*其他信息*选项卡下的*应付款*字段。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Should Be Paid field under a vendor bill in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if "
|
||
"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have "
|
||
"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* "
|
||
"when you create one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"由于您在收到产品之前无法创建账单 - 并且如果您还没有收到所有产品，Odoo 只会将您收到的产品包含在账单草稿中 - "
|
||
"当您创建一个时，*应该支付*状态设置为 *是*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, "
|
||
"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It"
|
||
" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason "
|
||
"to have done so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果您编辑开票以增加开票数量、更改价格或添加其他产品，则*应付款*状态设置为*例外*。这意味着Odoo注意到了差异，但你可能有充分的理由这么做。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be "
|
||
"Paid* status is set to *No*."
|
||
msgstr "一旦付款已注册并提及“已支付”，“应支付”状态设置为“否”。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Paid bill in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can "
|
||
"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode."
|
||
msgstr "“应付款”状态由Odoo自动设置。但是，在编辑模式下查看票据时，可以手动更改状态。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr "根据重新订购规则，不要缺货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* "
|
||
"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock "
|
||
"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr "为了确保您永远不会缺货，您可以定义产品的“重新订购规则”。多亏了它们，当库存达到设定数量或创建销售订单时，Odoo可以帮助您自动补充库存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9
|
||
msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr "您需要安装*库存应用程序*才能使用重新排序规则。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure your storable product"
|
||
msgstr "配置可存储产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*."
|
||
msgstr "打开或创建其*产品类型*设置为*可存储产品*的产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Set the product type in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's "
|
||
"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add "
|
||
"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering "
|
||
"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it "
|
||
"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a "
|
||
"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"当您从供应商购买此产品时，请进入该产品的*购买选项卡*，并通过单击*添加一行*添加供应商。您可以添加多个供应商，但要确保对它们进行正确订购，因为重新订购规则总是使用列表中的第一个供应商。您可以添加价格，但重新订购规则不是必须的。此外，你可以添加一个必须订购的最低数量，以受益于该价格。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity "
|
||
"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have "
|
||
"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that "
|
||
"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices "
|
||
"for different quantities."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果 Odoo 必须重新订购的数量与指定的最小数量不匹配，Odoo "
|
||
"会选择您列表中的下一个供应商。如果您的列表中没有其他供应商，则重新订购规则将不起作用。为此，您可以多次添加同一供应商，但数量不同，价格不同。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Add vendor to a product in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled "
|
||
"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown"
|
||
" in the image above. For more information, see "
|
||
":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"默认情况下，将创建采购草稿单。但是，如果您启用了*采购协议*，您可以*提出招标*而不是如上图所示。有关详细信息，请参阅：文档：`../manage_deals/agreements`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of "
|
||
"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*"
|
||
" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, "
|
||
"select *Dropship*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"接下来，确保在产品的“库存”选项卡下选择了正确的路线。如果您在购买应用程序中创建了产品，则默认情况下会选择“购买”路线。如果您希望放弃发货，请选择“dropship”。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Choose product routes in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50
|
||
msgid "Set up your reordering rule"
|
||
msgstr "设置重新订购规则"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button."
|
||
msgstr "打开产品并单击*重新订购规则*按钮。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Reordering rules button on a product in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*."
|
||
msgstr "进入产品的重新订购规则页面后，单击*创建*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view "
|
||
"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to "
|
||
"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click "
|
||
"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future "
|
||
"orders included."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"您可以从以下位置访问和创建重新订购规则：菜单选择：`库存-->配置-->重新排序规则`和菜单选择：`库存-->操作-->补货`。默认情况下，“补货”视图显示为完成销售订单而可能需要购买的所有产品的摘要。从那里，您可以通过单击一次来要求Odoo订购一个产品，或自动执行该产品的所有订单，包括未来的订单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Define quantities"
|
||
msgstr "定义数量"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, "
|
||
"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy "
|
||
"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that "
|
||
"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales "
|
||
"order for example."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"您可以设置您的库存应始终具有的 **小数** "
|
||
"。设置后，如果您的库存低于最低数量，并且您选择了购买路线，则会自动生成报价请求以达到该最低数量，再加上填写销售订单所需的任何额外数量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be "
|
||
"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity."
|
||
msgstr "如果设置 **大数** ，则每次必须补充产品时，都会重新订购足够的产品以达到最大数量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order"
|
||
" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. "
|
||
"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering "
|
||
"rule."
|
||
msgstr "例如，如果您只想订购填写销售订单所需的确切数量，请将最小和最大数量都设置为 ****。然后，销售订单中提及的数量由重新订购规则使用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches "
|
||
"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and "
|
||
"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might "
|
||
"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity "
|
||
"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and "
|
||
"respect the set quantity multiple."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"您还可以添加 **量倍** "
|
||
"，以仅批量订购一定数量的产品。单击可选列下拉菜单，然后选择*多个数量*以显示列。请记住，如果您的规则包括数量倍数，您可能会超过您设定的最大数量，因为Odoo订购的产品足以达到最大数量，并遵守设定的数量倍数。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Create a reordering rule in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory "
|
||
"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by "
|
||
"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred "
|
||
"Route* column, and selecting the right route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果您在同一产品的*库存*选项卡下选择了多条路线，请确保通过单击“可选列”下拉菜单，添加*首选路线*列，然后选择正确的路线，在重新订货规则上选择*首选路线*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
|
||
msgstr "以不同于销售的计量单位购买"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
|
||
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
|
||
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
|
||
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
|
||
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"当您购买产品时，您的供应商可能会使用与您销售产品时不同的计量单位。这可能会造成销售代表和采购代表之间的混淆。每次手动转换计量值也很耗时。使用Odoo，您可以配置产品一次，并让Odoo处理转换。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
|
||
msgstr "考虑以下示例："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
|
||
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
|
||
msgstr "你从美国供应商那里购买橙汁，他们使用 **** 。但是，您的客户是欧洲人，使用 ****。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
|
||
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
|
||
msgstr "你从供应商那里以 ** **形式购买窗帘，然后用 **方米 **客户出售。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Enable units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "启用度量单位"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
|
||
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
|
||
msgstr "打开销售应用程序，进入：菜单选择：`配置-->设置`。在“产品目录”下，启用*度量单位*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "指定销售和采购计量单位"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Standard units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "标准计量单位"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
|
||
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
|
||
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"默认情况下，数据库中有多种度量单位可用。每个都属于五个预先配置的度量单位类别之一：*长度/距离*、*单位*、*体积*、*重量*和*工作时间*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
|
||
"(see next section)."
|
||
msgstr "您可以创建新的度量单位和度量单位类别（请参见下一节）。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
|
||
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
|
||
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
|
||
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
|
||
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"要为销售和购买指定不同的计量单位，请打开购买应用程序并转到:menuselection:“Products --> "
|
||
"Products”。创建产品或选择现有产品。在产品的 *General Information* "
|
||
"选项卡下，首先选择要用于销售（以及其他应用程序，例如库存）的 *Unit of Measure*。然后，选择要用于采购的 *Purchase Unit "
|
||
"of Measure*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
|
||
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
|
||
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
|
||
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"回到第一个例子，如果您以 **仑 **价格从供应商处购买橙汁，并以 ** "
|
||
"**价格出售给客户，首先选择*L*（升）作为*计量单位*，选择*gal（US）*（加仑）作为*购买计量单位*，然后单击*保存*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
|
||
msgstr "创建新的度量单位和度量单位类别"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
|
||
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
|
||
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
|
||
msgstr "有时，您需要创建自己的单位和类别，这可能是因为度量值未在Odoo中预先配置，也可能是因为这些单位彼此不相关（例如，千克和厘米）。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
|
||
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
|
||
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
|
||
" units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果您以第二个示例为例，从供应商处以 ** **形式购买窗帘，并使用 **方米 "
|
||
"**售卷件，则需要创建一个新的*度量单位类别*，以便将两个度量单位关联起来。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
|
||
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
|
||
msgstr "为此，请转至：菜单选择：`配置-->度量单位类别`。单击*创建*并命名类别。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
|
||
msgstr "下一步是创建两个度量单位。为此，请转至：菜单选择：`配置-->度量单位`。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
|
||
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
|
||
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
|
||
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
|
||
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
|
||
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"首先，通过单击*创建*，创建用作参考点的度量单位，以转换为类别内的其他度量单位。命名单位并选择刚刚创建的度量单位类别。对于*类型*，选择此类别类型的*参考度量单位*。输入要使用的*舍入精度*。由Odoo计算的量始终是该值的倍数。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
|
||
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
|
||
msgstr "在示例中，由于您不能购买少于 1 卷并且不会使用卷的分数作为计量单位，因此您可以输入1。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
|
||
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
|
||
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
|
||
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
|
||
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
|
||
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
|
||
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果使用小于0.01的*舍入精度*，则可能会出现警告消息，说明其高于*小数精度*，并且可能导致不一致。如果希望使用小于0.01的*舍入精度*，请首先激活：ref:`开发者模式<developer"
|
||
" "
|
||
"mode>`，然后转到：菜单选择：`设置-->技术-->数据库结-->小数精度，选择*乘积度量单位*并相应地编辑*位*。例如，如果要使用0.00001的舍入精度，请将*位*设置为5。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
|
||
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
|
||
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
|
||
msgstr "接下来，创建第二个度量单位，命名它，并选择与参考单位相同的度量单位类别。作为*类型*，根据您的情况选择*小于*或*大于参考测量单位*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
|
||
"*Smaller*."
|
||
msgstr "由于卷帘等于100平方米，因此应选择“较小”。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
|
||
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
|
||
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
|
||
msgstr "接下来，您需要输入参考单位和第二个单位之间的*比率*。如果第二个单位较小，则*比值*应大于1。如果第二个单位较大，则比值应小于1。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106
|
||
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
|
||
msgstr "对于卷帘，比率应设置为100。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
|
||
"units of measure."
|
||
msgstr "您现在可以像使用Odoo的标准测量单位一样配置您的产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rstNone
|
||
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|